{"title":"PEVO","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-supreme-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24s","title":"PEVO 8 x 24 Supreme Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24S","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8 x 24 Supreme Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Supreme Series Goal meets ASTM 2950-14 and NCAA\/NFSHA rules. The Supreme goal is constructed of lightweight, 4” round aluminum tubing with a built in channel to secure the net using the MP Clips. The Supreme Goal features high strength, durable aluminum corner castings for extra stability, 2” round aluminum backstays, and comes finished in a powder coated white. The Supreme Goal also features a rounded bottom to ensure it can easily be moved on any surface. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 30 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 4” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel Around the Entire Goal that comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standard F2673-08 and NCAA\/NFSHSA Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 8x24 Supreme Series Soccer Goal is built for high-level competition and advanced training, making it a top choice for serious players and teams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 8x24 feet, this goal meets official standards for full-sized matches, suitable for professional and competitive play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Crafted with reinforced aluminum and a weather-resistant powder-coated finish, it is built to withstand demanding use and outdoor elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a robust frame, reinforced corners, and secure net attachments for consistent performance during intense gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Friendly Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for quick and easy setup, with durable components that ensure long-lasting reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety-First Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rounded edges and a sturdy construction ensure safe use during competitive matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 8x24 Supreme Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 8 feet high by 24 feet wide, meeting official regulation size for adult soccer matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, rust-resistant aluminum with a powder-coated finish for long-lasting strength and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the lightweight design and optional wheel kit make it easy to transport and reposition on the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included for quick setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is built to withstand outdoor conditions and heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for competitive matches, training sessions, and recreational play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Frequently\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, joints, and fasteners for wear, rust, or damage. Tighten bolts and replace worn components as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive materials to protect the aluminum finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the net after use and store it in a dry, shaded area to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure all ground anchors are properly installed to maintain safety and stability during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonal Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not used year-round, disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry location to protect against harsh weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340287373607,"sku":"SGM-8x24S","price":2815.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-supreme-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24s-28064402866285_29755d33-1f12-47b3-8214-7b43f975015a.jpg?v=1792115205"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-stadium-series-portable-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24stb","title":"PEVO 8' x 24' Stadium Series Portable Soccer Goal SGM-8x24STB","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8' x 24' Stadium Series Portable Soccer Goal SGM-8x24STB\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Stadium Series STB\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003egoals feature a mobile stanchion design, with 1.90″ aluminum stanchion poles and eye hooks on back corners to support the net. Using our included net rope, these goals are designed to keep the net tightly pulled back without the need for in-ground, permanent stanchion fixtures on your field. The SGM 8x24STB is perfect for teams who want a professional stadium goal appearance that can be transported easily. The uprights, crossbar, and ground bar come finished in a powder coated white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pair of SGM 8x24STB’s comes in 15 pieces ad can be assembled in 45 minutes each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e90″ aluminum stanchion poles and eye hooks on back corners to support the net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 Flat Free Wheels per goal - Standard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 4” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel for Net Attachment - Around the Entire Goal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe goal comes finished in a Powder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorld Cup goal box net, clips, and ground anchors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 265 lbs                                      \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 8′                                                                       \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 24’                                               \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 6′ \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 9’                                                 \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Powder Coated  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStadium-Grade Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 8' x 24' Stadium Series Portable Soccer Goal is designed for professional-level matches, advanced training, and tournament play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: With dimensions of 8x24 feet, it meets official standards for full-sized competitive soccer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Convenience\u003c\/strong\u003e: Equipped with built-in wheels for effortless mobility, allowing quick repositioning and efficient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made from heavy-duty, reinforced aluminum with a weather-resistant powder-coated finish for lasting performance in all conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability and Safety\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a robust frame, secure net attachments, and reinforced corners to ensure stability during high-intensity games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for fast and straightforward setup, perfect for dynamic field configurations and frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 8x24 Stadium Series Portable Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 8 feet high by 24 feet wide, meeting official regulation size for adult soccer matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from rust-resistant, heavy-duty aluminum with a powder-coated finish for enhanced durability and strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal includes a high-quality, weather-resistant net designed for long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is fully portable and includes a wheel kit for effortless transportation and repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and the goal comes with all necessary hardware and detailed instructions for quick and easy setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is specifically designed for outdoor conditions and frequent use in competitive or recreational soccer settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for stadium-level matches, high-level training, and professional or recreational play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, joints, and hardware for damage or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn or broken parts promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the aluminum frame with mild soap and water. Avoid abrasive cleaners that may damage the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Preservation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the net when not in use and store it in a cool, dry place to prevent weather-related wear and UV damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStabilize Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the goal is properly weighted or anchored to prevent tipping during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry area during off-seasons or periods of non-use to protect it from harsh weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340287406375,"sku":"SGM-8x24STB","price":3440.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-stadium-series-portable-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24stb-28055374561389.jpg?v=1792115206"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-channel-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24c","title":"PEVO 8 x 24 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24C","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8 x 24 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24C\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Channel Series Goal is constructed of lightweight, powder coated, 4” round aluminum tubing with durable aluminum corner and base castings, 2” round aluminum backstays, and 2” round base tube. The net is fastened using MP Clips on the uprights, crossbars, and bases with bungee balls securing the net to the galvanized steel ground bar. This goal meets ASTM 2950-14 and NCAA\/NFSHA standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 30 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 4” Round Tubing Frame with Built-in Channel comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Aluminum Backstay Powder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Galvanized Steel Ground Bar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standard F2673-08 and NCAA\/NFSHSA Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElite-Level Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 8x24 Channel Series Soccer Goal is engineered for high-performance matches, making it an excellent choice for clubs, schools, and advanced training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: With dimensions of 8x24 feet, this goal meets official standards for full-sized competitive play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChannel Net System\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features an integrated channel system for clean and secure net attachment, enhancing durability and ease of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Crafted from reinforced aluminum with a weather-resistant powder-coated finish, it ensures long-lasting performance in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Reliable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed with a robust frame and reinforced corners to provide excellent stability during intense gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick and Easy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes a user-friendly setup process with high-quality fittings for hassle-free installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 8x24 Channel Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 8 feet high by 24 feet wide, meeting official regulation size for adult soccer matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, rust-resistant aluminum with a channel design for added strength and ease of net attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a weather-resistant net with easy channel attachment is included for quick setup and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal is semi-portable, and an optional wheel kit is available for easier mobility and repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and clear instructions are included for efficient setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is specifically designed to withstand outdoor conditions and regular use on soccer fields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for competitive matches, training sessions, and recreational play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Examine the frame, channel system, and hardware for damage or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn components promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris from the aluminum frame. Avoid abrasive cleaners to preserve the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the net after use and store it in a dry, shaded location to prevent UV and weather-related damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the goal is properly anchored or weighted to maintain stability and prevent tipping during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in permanent use, disassemble and store in a covered, dry area to protect against harsh weather and extend the goal's lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340287504679,"sku":"SGM-8x24C","price":2235.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-channel-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24c-28064629522541.jpg?v=1792115209"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-stadium-series-portable-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24sta","title":"PEVO 8' x 24' Stadium Series Portable Soccer Goal SGM-8x24STA","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8' x 24' Stadium Series Portable Soccer Goal SGM-8x24STA\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO STA Stadiums Goals are a boxed-in design with 1.90″ channel tube net supports on either side of the goal. Net clips and the net rear rope keep a sharp, square net. This goal features an adjustable ground bar that can be moved forwards or backward in the channel. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePEVO STA Stadiums\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Goal \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eideal for clubs, schools, or teams that play on a traditional football field with this goal of clearing the football upright. The uprights and crossbar come finished in a powder-coated white.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pair of goals comes in 8 pieces and can be assembled in 30 minutes each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable 2” Back Bar with Built-in Channel for attaching the base of the net\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 Flat Free Wheels per goal - Standard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 4” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel for Net Attachment - Around the Entire Goal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standard F2950-14, FIFA and NCAA\/NFSHSA Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe goal comes finished in a Powder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorld Cup goal box net, clips, and ground anchors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 245 lbs                                      \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 8′                                                                       \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 24’                                               \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 6′ \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e 9’                                                 \u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Powder Coated  \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Stadium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 8' x 24' Stadium Series Portable Soccer Goal is designed for high-level play, making it ideal for stadiums, tournaments, and advanced training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 8x24 feet, it meets official standards for full-sized matches, delivering an authentic game experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Equipped with durable wheels, this goal is easy to move, allowing for versatile field setups and efficient storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with reinforced aluminum and a weather-resistant powder-coated finish, ensuring durability and long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Secure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a robust frame and premium net attachments to maintain stability during intense play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup and Transport\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for quick assembly and effortless portability, perfect for dynamic field needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 8x24 Stadium Series Portable Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 8 feet high by 24 feet wide, meeting official size standards for adult soccer matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, rust-resistant aluminum with a reinforced powder-coated finish for maximum strength and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it features a portable design with an included wheel kit for easy transport and repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included for straightforward setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed to withstand outdoor conditions and frequent use on professional and recreational soccer fields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for stadium-level matches, high-level training sessions, and competitive play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Frequently\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, joints, and hardware for signs of wear, damage, or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace any worn parts promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use mild soap and water to clean dirt and debris from the aluminum frame. Avoid abrasive materials to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserve the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove and store the net in a dry, shaded area when not in use to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Verify that the goal is properly weighted or anchored to maintain stability during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in regular use, disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry location to protect it from harsh weather and prolong its lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340288160039,"sku":"SGM-8x24STA","price":3000.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-stadium-series-portable-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24sta-28055404970093_large_1.jpg?v=1792115211"},{"product_id":"pevo-multi-sport-backstop-netting-system-bss-20x60","title":"PEVO Multi-Sport Backstop Netting System BSS-20x60","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO Multi-Sport Backstop Netting System BSS-20x60\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Multi-Sport Backstop System is a 20' high by 60' long system designed to keep balls from exiting the field they're being used on. The system comes with 4 poles that slide into sleeves that are cemented into the ground. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan be used to catch balls behind a goal, or used to separate two fields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e BSS-20x60\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth\u003c\/strong\u003e : 60'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Multi-Sport Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO Multi-Sport Backstop Netting System (20x60) is ideal for a variety of sports, including soccer, baseball, lacrosse, and more, providing a reliable barrier to keep balls in play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Coverage Area\u003c\/strong\u003e: With dimensions of 20 feet high by 60 feet wide, this system offers extensive protection for spectators, fields, and surrounding areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a heavy-duty, weather-resistant net and sturdy aluminum poles, ensuring long-lasting performance in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Safety\u003c\/strong\u003e: Protects players and fans by preventing errant balls from leaving the play area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for quick setup with secure fittings and adjustable components to fit various field layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built to withstand regular use and outdoor exposure with minimal upkeep required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO Multi-Sport Backstop Netting System?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The system measures 20 feet high by 60 feet wide, providing ample coverage for multi-sport applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, rust-resistant aluminum designed to withstand outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What type of netting is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The system includes high-quality, weather-resistant netting suitable for various sports, including baseball, softball, soccer, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the system portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the system is semi-portable and can be easily relocated as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and detailed instructions are included for straightforward setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the system is designed to endure harsh weather conditions and heavy use in outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this backstop best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for multi-sport fields, practice areas, or game-day setups to contain balls and ensure safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the netting, poles, and fasteners for wear, fraying, or damage. Replace any worn components promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Netting\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a soft brush or cloth with mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris. Allow it to dry completely before storage or continued use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure all poles and anchors are firmly secured to maintain stability during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect from Weather\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the netting during extreme weather conditions (e.g., strong winds or snow) to prevent damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore When Not in Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Disassemble and store the netting and poles in a dry, covered area to protect them from prolonged exposure to the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340289339687,"sku":"BSS-20x60","price":2465.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-multi-sport-backstop-netting-system-bss-20x60-29828716068973_6.jpg?v=1792115213"},{"product_id":"pevo-21-covered-bench-with-backrest-tbc-21pc","title":"PEVO 21' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-21","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 21' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-21\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Covered Bench looks great on any sideline. This lightweight bench is manufactured with a 2' square aluminum construction and comes with an 18 oz. coated vinyl, weather-resistant canopy which attaches via bungee balls to make it easy to attach and remove. The PEVO Covered Bench features an easy to use pushpin design and uses ground anchors for support. This canopy can be customized with your teams logo, or can be customized with any of the colors listed below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 21' Covered Bench with Backrest offers ample seating for larger teams, making it perfect for sideline use during games and practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a robust aluminum frame and a weather-resistant finish, ensuring long-lasting performance in outdoor environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e: The integrated cover provides shade and protection from rain, keeping players comfortable in all weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Comfort\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a supportive backrest for added comfort during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to clean and resistant to rust and corrosion, ideal for high-traffic fields and facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sleek, polished design adds a professional touch to any field or venue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 21' Covered Bench with Backrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bench is 21 feet long, offering ample seating for teams, coaches, or spectators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What material is the bench made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bench is constructed from heavy-duty, rust-resistant aluminum with a durable powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the bench have a backrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the bench includes a built-in backrest for enhanced comfort and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the bench covered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it features an integrated canopy to provide shade and protection from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the bench portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: While designed for stability, the lightweight aluminum construction allows for relocation if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and detailed instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this bench best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is perfect for team seating on sports fields, dugouts, or recreational areas needing covered, comfortable seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, canopy, and fasteners for wear, rust, or damage. Tighten loose bolts and replace any compromised parts promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Thoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the bench, backrest, and cover with mild soap and water. Avoid abrasive cleaners to protect the finish and materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Verify that the bench is securely anchored to the ground to prevent shifting or tipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrevent Corrosion\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect metal components for rust. Sand and repaint any affected areas with a rust-resistant coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonal Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: For extreme weather conditions, consider additional protection, such as tarps or covers, to prolong the bench's lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"NO","offer_id":52340290617639,"sku":"TBC-21","price":2330.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"YES","offer_id":52340290650407,"sku":"TBC-21","price":2580.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-21-covered-bench-with-backrest-tbc-21pc-28129304739949_4.jpg?v=1792115216"},{"product_id":"pevo-championship-field-hockey-goal-w-wheels-fhg-7x12-3","title":"PEVO Championship Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7x12-3","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO Championship Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7x12-3\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Championship Field Hockey Goal is constructed of lightweight 2” x 3” rectangular aluminum tubing with rounded corners that meet official field hockey standards. The Frame of this goal comes powder coated white. The net is fastened in place using a channel within the tube and our Tamper-Proof MP Channel Clips. The PEVO Championship Field Hockey Goal comes with 5\/8' thick High-Density Polyethylene (HDPE) boards and has the option of flip wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize - 7' x 12' x 4' \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight Aluminum 2' x 3'  tubing with channel\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll designs comply with International Hockey Federation Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNCAA, NFHS, and FIH Compliant\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e FHG-7x12-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tamper Proof MP Channel Clips, Field Hockey Net, Field Hockey Boards, Field Hockey Wheel Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 205 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2”x3' rectangular frame with 2' square backstays, All aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional-Grade Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO Championship Field Hockey Goal is built to meet the highest standards of competitive play, making it ideal for advanced matches and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 7x12 feet, this goal adheres to official field hockey dimensions, ensuring a consistent game experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a reinforced aluminum frame with a weather-resistant powder-coated finish for long-lasting durability in all conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Wheels for Portability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Equipped with durable wheels, it allows for easy transport and repositioning on the field, making it versatile for various setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Secure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes a robust base and reinforced corners to ensure stability during intense gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Quality Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Comes with a heavy-duty, weatherproof net designed to withstand the demands of competitive use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO Championship Field Hockey Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 7 feet high by 12 feet wide, meeting official field hockey regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from heavy-duty, rust-resistant aluminum with a durable powder-coated finish for long-lasting use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a weather-resistant, high-quality net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the goal have wheels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is equipped with wheels, making it easy to transport and reposition on the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and detailed instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed to withstand outdoor conditions and frequent use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for championship-level play, practice sessions, and competitive field hockey matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Frequently\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, corners, and joints for damage or wear. Tighten loose bolts and replace damaged parts promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use mild soap and water to clean the aluminum frame. Avoid abrasive materials to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Detach the net after use and store it in a cool, dry place to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect wheels for wear and debris. Lubricate axles periodically for smooth mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in use, move and store the goal in a covered, dry area to protect it from weather-related wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340291895591,"sku":"FHG-7x12-3","price":2415.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-championship-field-hockey-goal-w-wheels-fhg-7x12-3-28129176387693.jpg?v=1792115219"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-world-cup-series-soccer-goal-sgp-8x24wcf","title":"PEVO 8 x 24 World Cup Series Soccer Goal SGP-8x24WCF","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8 x 24 World Cup Series Soccer Goal SGP-8x24WCF\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo World Cup Goal is designed to give you that Professional feels right at your facility. This goal is manufactured of lightweight, powder coated 4” round aluminum tubing with a built in channel to secure the net using the MP Clips. The stanchions in the back are designed to keep the net tight and snug in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4' round powder-coated white aluminum crossbar and uprights\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net with Steel Bottom\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGround sleeves for easy installation and removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3' Round Galvanized Steel Net Stanchion Poles and Tensioning Straps\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh strength aluminum Corner and Base castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll designs comply with FIFA, NCAA, and NFSHSA Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 235 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish: \u003c\/strong\u003ePowder Coated White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElite-Level Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 8x24 World Cup Series Soccer Goal is built to meet the highest standards of international play, making it ideal for professional matches and top-tier training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 8x24 feet, this goal adheres to official FIFA specifications for full-sized competitive matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuperior Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Constructed with heavy-duty, reinforced aluminum and a weather-resistant powder-coated finish, it is designed to handle intense use and harsh outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a robust frame and secure net system to maintain stability during high-impact gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes an intuitive assembly process with high-quality fittings for fast and reliable installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlayer Safety Focus\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered with rounded edges, reinforced corners, and sturdy net attachments to ensure maximum safety during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 8x24 World Cup Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 8 feet high by 24 feet wide, meeting official size standards for adult and professional soccer matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from heavy-duty, weather-resistant aluminum with a durable powder-coated finish for superior strength and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have additional reinforcements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, this series features backstays and other reinforcements for added stability and durability during intense play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The design is semi-portable, and an optional wheel kit can be added for easier mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included for secure and efficient setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is specifically designed for outdoor use and can withstand harsh weather conditions and frequent use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is perfect for official matches, high-level training sessions, and competitive soccer play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Examine the frame, joints, and hardware for damage or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn components immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use mild soap and water to clean dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners to maintain the polished finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Preservation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the net after use and store it in a dry, shaded area to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e: Verify that ground anchors are properly installed and tightened to ensure safety and stability during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOff-Season Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry location during periods of non-use to protect it from harsh weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340293108007,"sku":"SGP-8x24WCF","price":2670.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-world-cup-series-soccer-goal-sgp-8x24wcf-28064411680877_1.jpg?v=1792115221"},{"product_id":"pevo-7-x-21-supreme-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21s","title":"PEVO 7 x 21 Supreme Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21S","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 7 x 21 Supreme Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Supreme Series Goal is constructed of lightweight, 4” round aluminum tubing with a built in channel to secure the net using the MP Clips. The Supreme Goal features high strength, durable aluminum corner castings for extra stability, 2” round aluminum backstays, and comes finished in a powder coated white. The Supreme Goal also features a rounded bottom to ensure it can easily be moved on any surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 30 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 4” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel Around the Entire Goal that comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-Tier Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 7x21 Supreme Series Soccer Goal is designed for competitive play, offering professional-grade quality and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth Regulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: With dimensions of 7x21 feet, this goal is perfect for youth leagues and advanced training sessions, meeting official standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made from reinforced aluminum with a weather-resistant powder-coated finish, it is built to withstand demanding use and outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a straightforward setup process with secure fittings, ensuring fast and hassle-free installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight yet robust, this goal is easy to move and position, making it versatile for different field needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes rounded edges, reinforced corners, and strong net attachments to ensure player safety during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 7x21 Supreme Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 7 feet high by 21 feet wide, meeting regulation size for youth soccer games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, rust-resistant aluminum with a powder-coated finish for maximum durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the lightweight design and optional wheel kit make it easy to transport and reposition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included for quick setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed to withstand outdoor conditions and is perfect for long-term use on soccer fields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for youth soccer matches, training sessions, and competitive play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, fasteners, and joints for damage or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn or damaged parts promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down with mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners that could damage the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Detach and store the net in a cool, dry place when not in use to prevent UV and weather-related wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure all ground anchors are properly installed and tightened for stability during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonal Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not used year-round, disassemble and store in a covered, dry area to protect against harsh weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340294320423,"sku":"SGM-7x21S","price":2615.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-7-x-21-youth-supreme-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21s-28055617929325.jpg?v=1792115223"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-18-5-youth-supreme-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18s","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Supreme Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18S","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Supreme Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Supreme Series Goal is constructed of lightweight, 4” round aluminum tubing with a built in channel to secure the net using the MP Clips. The Supreme Goal features high strength, durable aluminum corner castings for extra stability, 2” round aluminum backstays, and comes finished in a powder coated white. The Supreme Goal also features a rounded bottom to ensure it can easily be moved on any surface. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 25 minutes. Made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 205 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 6.5x18.5 Supreme Series Soccer Goal is built for high-performance play, combining durability and professional-grade features.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth Regulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 6.5x18.5 feet, it meets the standards for youth matches and advanced training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with reinforced aluminum and a weather-resistant powder-coated finish, ensuring long-lasting performance in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick and Easy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features an intuitive setup process with secure fittings, allowing for hassle-free installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Despite its durable design, the goal is easy to transport and reposition, making it versatile for various field setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlayer Safety Focus\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes rounded edges, secure net attachments, and reinforced frames to ensure safe gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 6.5x18.5 Supreme Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 6.5 feet high by 18.5 feet wide, meeting standard dimensions for youth and small-sided soccer games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from rust-resistant, durable aluminum with a powder-coated finish for added protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal comes with a high-quality, weather-resistant net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the lightweight design allows for easy portability, and an optional wheel kit is available for added convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required, with all necessary hardware and detailed instructions included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is designed to withstand outdoor conditions and heavy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for youth soccer games, training sessions, and recreational play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Frequently\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, fasteners, and joints for damage or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn parts promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use mild soap and water to clean dirt and grime. Avoid abrasive cleaners to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserve the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the net when not in use and store it in a dry, shaded area to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure ground anchors are properly installed to maintain stability and safety during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore During Off-Seasons\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in permanent use, disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry space to protect it from harsh weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340295565607,"sku":"SGM-6x18S","price":2420.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-18-5-youth-supreme-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18s-28055510614125.jpg?v=1792115227"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-competition-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24r","title":"PEVO 8 x 24 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24R","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8 x 24 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Competition Series Soccer Goal comes with lightweight, aluminum 4' round tubing that is powder coated in a white finish, an aluminum backstay, and a galvanized steel ground bar. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 25 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeets NCAA\/NFSHA standards \/ \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-8x24R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8x24 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, PEVO Net Ties, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 195 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated Goal Face, Unfinished Backstay, and Ground Bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElite Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 8x24 Competition Series Soccer Goal is designed for high-level play, meeting professional standards for competitive matches and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: With official 8x24-foot dimensions, it’s ideal for full-sized games at all competitive levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with reinforced aluminum and a weather-resistant powder-coated finish for durability and long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Secure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a sturdy frame and reliable net attachment system, ensuring stability even during intense gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered for quick assembly with secure fittings, making installation hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety First\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes rounded edges and reinforced corners for enhanced player safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 8x24 Competition Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 8 feet high by 24 feet wide, meeting official size standards for adult soccer matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, lightweight, weather-resistant aluminum with a powder-coated finish for added durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it features a lightweight design, and an optional wheel kit is available for easy portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included for quick setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed to withstand outdoor conditions and regular use on soccer fields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is perfect for official matches, training sessions, and high-level competitive play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check the frame, joints, and fasteners for wear, damage, or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn components as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe the frame with mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners to maintain the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove and store the net in a dry, shaded area when not in use to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure all ground anchors are firmly installed to keep the goal stable during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonal Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not used year-round, disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry location to extend its lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340296745255,"sku":"SGM-8x24R","price":2130.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-competition-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24r-28127444435053_1.jpg?v=1792115229"},{"product_id":"pevo-7-x-21-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21p","title":"PEVO 7 x 21 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21P","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 7 x 21 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21P\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Park Series Goal features an all aluminum, powder coated white, 3” round upright, crossbar, ground bar, and 1-3\/8” round aluminum backstay. The net is attached in the built in channel using MP Clips. The finished, rounded bottom means this goal can easily be maneuvered around all surfaces without damaging the grass or turf and ensuring the safety of the users. The Park Series Goal meets ASTM standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 25 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel Around the Entire Goal that comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standards\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-7x21P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7x21 Net, PEVO MP Clips, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable and Sturdy\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 7x21 Park Series Soccer Goal is built with heavy-duty aluminum and reinforced joints, ensuring long-lasting performance in high-usage environments like parks and recreational fields.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth Regulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 7x21 feet, this goal is perfect for youth leagues and training sessions, adhering to standard dimensions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to withstand the elements with a powder-coated finish that resists rust and corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a straightforward assembly process, making it ideal for parks and community facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety-Oriented Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes rounded edges, secure net fasteners, and reinforced frames to prioritize player safety during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCost-Effective Choice\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides professional-grade quality at an affordable price, perfect for community programs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 7x21 Park Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 7 feet high by 21 feet wide, meeting regulation size for youth soccer games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from heavy-duty, weather-resistant aluminum with a powder-coated finish for long-lasting durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No, this goal is designed for permanent or semi-permanent installation, ideal for park or recreational use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included for secure installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is specifically built to withstand outdoor conditions and heavy use in recreational settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for community parks, recreational fields, and youth soccer programs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, joints, and hardware for signs of damage or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn parts promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use mild soap and water to remove dirt and grime. Avoid abrasive materials to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserve the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Detach and store the net in a dry, shaded area when not in use to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure ground anchors are properly installed and tightened for stability and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore During Off-Season\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not permanently installed, disassemble and store in a covered, dry location to protect it from weather-related wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340298055975,"sku":"SGM-7x21P","price":1985.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-7-x-21-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21p-28124898328685_3.jpg?v=1792115231"},{"product_id":"pevo-15-covered-bench-with-backrest-tbc-15","title":"PEVO 15' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-15","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 15' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-15\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Covered Bench looks great on any sideline. This lightweight bench is manufactured with a 2' square aluminum construction and comes with an 18 oz. coated vinyl, weather-resistant canopy which attaches via bungee balls to make it easy to attach and remove. The PEVO Covered Bench features an easy to use pushpin design and uses ground anchors for support. This canopy can be customized with your teams logo, or can be customized with any of the colors listed below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 15' Covered Bench with Backrest is built with a sturdy aluminum frame and a weather-resistant finish, ensuring long-lasting use in outdoor environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Seating\u003c\/strong\u003e: At 15 feet long, it provides ample seating space for teams, making it ideal for sports fields and sideline areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e: The integrated cover offers shade and protection from rain, keeping players comfortable in all weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes a supportive backrest for enhanced comfort during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to clean and resistant to rust and corrosion, making it perfect for high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Sleek, functional design adds a polished look to any field or recreational facility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 15' Covered Bench with Backrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bench is 15 feet long, providing ample seating for players, coaches, or spectators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What material is the bench made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bench is constructed from heavy-duty, rust-resistant aluminum with a durable powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the bench include a backrest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the bench features a built-in backrest for added comfort and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the bench covered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it comes with an integrated canopy for shade and protection from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this bench portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: While designed for stability, the bench is lightweight enough to be relocated if necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this bench best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is perfect for team seating on sports fields, dugouts, or recreational areas needing comfortable, covered seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, roof, and fasteners for wear, rust, or damage. Tighten bolts and replace any compromised components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the bench, backrest, and canopy with mild soap and water. Avoid abrasive cleaners to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the bench is securely anchored to the ground for safety and stability during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect from Corrosion\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect for signs of rust on metal parts. Sand and repaint any affected areas with rust-resistant paint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonal Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: If exposed to extreme weather, consider additional protective covers or periodic inspections to ensure long-term durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"NO","offer_id":52340298187047,"sku":"TBC-15","price":1925.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"YES","offer_id":52340298219815,"sku":"TBC-15","price":2100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-15-covered-bench-with-backrest-tbc-15pc-28129301004397_1.jpg?v=1792115234"},{"product_id":"pevo-league-field-hockey-goal-w-wheels-fhg-7x12-2","title":"PEVO League Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7X12-2","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO League Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7X12-2\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo League Field Hockey Goal is manufactured in an all-aluminum, lightweight, 2' square tubing with holes drilled to fasten the net using the Staynet Clips. This Field Hockey Goal is powder coated white and includes 5\/8' thick High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) boards. Fixed Wheels are optional with this model. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize - 7' x 12' x 4' \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight Aluminum 2' square tubing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll designs comply with International Hockey Federation Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e FHG-7X12-2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e PEVO StayNet Fasteners, Field Hockey Net, Field Hockey Boards, Field Hockey Wheel Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2” Square Aluminum Tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Field Hockey Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO League Field Hockey Goal measures 7x12 feet, meeting official field hockey standards for competitive play and practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with heavy-duty aluminum frames and a weather-resistant finish, this goal is designed to withstand rigorous use and outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Wheels for Portability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features built-in wheels, making it easy to transport and reposition on the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Stable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes reinforced corners and a solid base to ensure stability during intense gameplay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Quality Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Comes with a durable, weatherproof net that is securely fastened for reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for easy cleaning and long-lasting use, requiring minimal upkeep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO League Field Hockey Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 7 feet high by 12 feet wide, meeting standard dimensions for field hockey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, weather-resistant aluminum with a powder-coated finish for added longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the goal include a net?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are wheels included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal features built-in wheels for easy portability and repositioning on the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is specifically designed for outdoor use and can withstand various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included for quick setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for league play, practice sessions, and recreational field hockey games\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check the frame, joints, and wheels for damage or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn parts as necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Goal\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the frame with mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners to maintain the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove and store the net in a cool, dry place when not in use to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare for Wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure wheels roll smoothly and are free from debris. Lubricate axles periodically for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in regular use, move and store the goal in a covered, dry area to protect it from harsh weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340298514727,"sku":"FHG-7X12-2","price":2115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-league-field-hockey-goal-w-wheels-fhg-7x12-2-28129187135597_7.jpg?v=1792115236"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24p","title":"PEVO 8 x 24 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24P","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8 x 24 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24P\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Park Series Goal features an all aluminum, powder coated white, 3” round upright, crossbar, ground bar, and 1-3\/8” round aluminum backstay. The net is attached in the built in channel using MP Clips. The finished, rounded bottom means this goal can easily be maneuvered around all surfaces without damaging the grass or turf and ensuring the safety of the users. The Park Series Goal meets ASTM and NCAA\/NFSHA standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 30 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel Around the Entire Goal that comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standard F2673-08 and NCAA\/NFSHSA Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-8x24P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8x24 Net, PEVO MP Clips, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 187.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 8x24 Park Series Soccer Goal is constructed with heavy-duty aluminum, ensuring long-lasting performance in high-traffic park and recreational settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 8x24 feet, it meets official standards for full-sized matches, making it ideal for competitive play and practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Powder-coated frames and reinforced joints protect the goal against rust and wear, even in harsh outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup and Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a straightforward assembly process and minimal maintenance requirements, perfect for community fields and parks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe and Secure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes sturdy net attachments and rounded edges to ensure safety during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCost-Effective Solution\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offers professional quality at an affordable price, ideal for park departments and recreational programs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 8x24 Park Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 8 feet high by 24 feet wide, meeting official size standards for adult soccer matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from heavy-duty, weather-resistant aluminum with a powder-coated finish for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No, this goal is designed for permanent or semi-permanent installation in parks or recreational facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included for secure setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is built to withstand outdoor conditions and heavy use in recreational or park settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for community parks, recreational fields, and facilities hosting adult or youth soccer games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Frequently\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, joints, and hardware for wear or damage. Tighten bolts and replace any worn components promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners to preserve the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the net after use and store it in a dry, shaded area to prevent weathering and UV damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure all ground anchors are properly installed to maintain stability and safety during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore During Off-Seasons\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in permanent use, disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry area to protect it from harsh weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340298744103,"sku":"SGM-8x24P","price":2140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24p-28124882403437_1.jpg?v=1792115239"},{"product_id":"pevo-high-school-portable-football-goal-post-fgp-h-hs-p","title":"PEVO High School Portable Football Goal Post FGP-H-HS-P","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO High School Portable Football Goal Post FGP-H-HS-P\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Portable Football Goal Post is the ideal option for organizations utilizing their facilities for multiple purposes. The Goal Posts are designed to be safely and easily moved on and off fields for different practice requirements. The frame is made out of a 2' galvanized steel and connected with castings to ensure strength and durability of the product.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Galvanized Steel Frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuick and easy assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes with wheels to safe and easy mobility\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in both College and High School sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh School Regulation Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO High School Portable Football Goal Post is built to meet NFHS standards, making it perfect for high school games and practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable and Versatile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easily movable, this goal post is ideal for multi-use fields or temporary installations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Crafted from durable steel with a weather-resistant powder-coated finish, it is built to withstand outdoor conditions and frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick and Easy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for straightforward setup, allowing for fast installation and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Secure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a weighted base for reliable stability during play, even in windy conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable and Practical\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes customizable features to accommodate varying field needs and ensure accurate alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO High School Portable Football Goal Post?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal post meets NFHS regulation standards, with a crossbar height of 10 feet and an inside width of 23 feet, 4 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What material is the goal post made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is constructed from durable, weather-resistant aluminum with a powder-coated finish for long-lasting use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal post portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it features a portable design with a weighted base and wheels for easy transportation and setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What type of base does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal post includes a stable, weighted base designed for safe and efficient mobility on various surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this goal post suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is built to withstand outdoor conditions and is ideal for high school practice fields or game setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Who is this goal post best suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is designed for high school football games, training sessions, and temporary field setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, assembly is required, but all necessary hardware and instructions are included for quick setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Components\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check the uprights, crossbar, and base for damage, rust, or loose hardware. Tighten bolts and replace worn parts as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Thoroughly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wash the goal post with mild soap and water to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive materials that could scratch the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStabilize Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the base is properly weighted or anchored for stability during use. Verify that all locking mechanisms are functioning correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLubricate Moving Parts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Apply lubricant to hinges or adjustable features to maintain smooth operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore When Not in Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Disassemble and store in a covered, dry location during off-seasons to prevent weather-related wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340298907943,"sku":"FGP-H-HS-P","price":1995.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-high-school-portable-football-goal-post-fgp-h-hs-p-30957421592685.jpg?v=1792115242"},{"product_id":"pevo-college-portable-football-goal-post-fgp-h-c-p","title":"PEVO College Portable Football Goal Post FGP-H-C-P","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO College Portable Football Goal Post FGP-H-C-P \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Portable Football Goal Post is the ideal option for organizations utilizing their facilities for multiple purposes. The Goal Posts are designed to be safely and easily moved on and off fields for different practice requirements. The frame is made out of a 2' galvanized steel and connected with castings to ensure strength and durability of the product.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Galvanized Steel Frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuick and easy assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComes with wheels to safe and easy mobility\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in both College and High School sizes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO College Portable Football Goal Post is engineered to meet NCAA specifications, making it ideal for college-level play and practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Convenience\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed with portability in mind, this goal post can be easily moved and repositioned, perfect for multi-use fields or temporary setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with high-quality steel and a weather-resistant powder-coated finish, ensuring long-lasting performance in all conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a straightforward setup process with secure components for quick and hassle-free installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Crossbar Height\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes precise height adjustments to accommodate varying field requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Comes with a weighted base for secure positioning during intense play and adverse weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO College Portable Football Goal Post?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal post meets NCAA regulation standards, with a crossbar height of 10 feet and an inside width of 18 feet, 6 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What material is the goal post made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is made of heavy-duty, weather-resistant aluminum with a powder-coated finish for durability and minimal maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal post portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it features a portable design with a sturdy base for easy transportation and setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What type of base does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal post includes a weighted base with wheels for safe and efficient mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this goal post suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is specifically designed for outdoor use and can withstand varying weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Who is this goal post best suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for college-level football games, practice fields, and training sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, some assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check for loose bolts, damaged joints, or bent components. Tighten hardware and replace damaged parts immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Post\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use water and mild soap to clean dirt and debris from the surface. Avoid abrasive cleaners to maintain the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure the base and support mechanisms are secure before each use for optimal safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect Moving Parts\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect and lubricate any moving or adjustable components for smooth operation and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in use, store the goal post in a dry, covered area to protect it from weather damage and extend its lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340301693223,"sku":"FGP-H-C-P","price":1945.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-college-portable-football-goal-post-fgp-h-c-p-30957414285421.jpg?v=1792115244"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5x12-supreme-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12s","title":"PEVO 6.5x12 Supreme Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12S","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5x12 Supreme Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Supreme Series Goal is constructed of lightweight, 4” round aluminum tubing with a built in channel to secure the net using the MP Clips. The Supreme Goal features high strength, durable aluminum corner castings for extra stability, 2” round aluminum backstays and comes finished in a powder coated white. The Supreme Goal also features a rounded bottom to ensure it can easily be moved on any surface. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 25 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-6x12S\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 6.5x12 Supreme Series Soccer Goal is engineered with high-grade aluminum for unmatched durability and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Regulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 6.5x12 feet, it's the ideal size for youth leagues, recreational play, or training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to withstand harsh outdoor conditions, ensuring reliable use year-round.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a straightforward setup with secure fittings, making it convenient for quick installation on any field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes rounded edges and sturdy net attachments to minimize risks during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable and Lightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e: Despite its robust construction, this goal is easy to move, making it perfect for dynamic training environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 6.5x12 Supreme Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 6.5 feet high by 12 feet wide, meeting standard dimensions for small-sided games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What material is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is made from rust-resistant, durable aluminum with a powder-coated finish for added protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, weather-resistant net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the lightweight design and optional wheel kit allow for easy portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is needed, and all necessary hardware and instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is designed for outdoor use and built to withstand harsh weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What type of play is this goal best for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for youth soccer, training sessions, and recreational games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Before Use\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, joints, and hardware for any damage or looseness. Tighten bolts and replace worn parts promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down with a damp cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreserve the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the net when not in use and store it in a dry, shaded area to prevent UV damage and wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anchors\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure ground anchors are properly installed and tightened for stability and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore During Off-Season\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in permanent use, disassemble and store in a dry, covered area to protect from weather exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340301922599,"sku":"SGM-6x12S","price":2215.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5x12-supreme-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12s-30956670058605_b1e302f9-c353-4055-9267-d01ccf0c82cd.jpg?v=1792115248"},{"product_id":"pevo-3-row-tip-n-roll-aluminum-bleachers","title":"PEVO 3 Row Tip-N-Roll Aluminum Bleachers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 3 Row Tip-N-Roll Aluminum Bleachers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003ePevo Tip-N-Roll 3 Row Bleacher\u003cspan\u003e is a li\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eghtweight, all aluminum movable bleacher with swivel casters attached to the back frame which allows the bleacher to be tipped up onto the wheels and easily moved around.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis product comes in three lengths, 7.5', 15' and 21'. Our Bleachers are easy to assemble and come with welded end caps. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 7.5' Bleacher seats 15 people.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe 15' Bleacher seats 30 people.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe 21' Bleacher seats 42 people. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bleacher Planks, Legs, Braces, All Hardware Needed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlank Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10”’\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInnovative Tip-N-Roll Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 3 Row Tip-N-Roll Aluminum Bleachers feature a mobile design with caster wheels, allowing for effortless transportation and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Aluminum Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made from high-quality aluminum, these bleachers are rust-resistant, lightweight, and built to last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving Solution\u003c\/strong\u003e: Perfect for facilities with limited space, they can easily be rolled away when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes non-slip seating surfaces and reinforced frames to ensure safety and comfort for spectators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Weather-resistant materials make these bleachers simple to clean and maintain for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeets Industry Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to comply with safety regulations, offering peace of mind for event organizers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the PEVO 3 Row Tip-N-Roll Aluminum Bleachers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: These are portable bleachers with a 3-row design and tip-and-roll wheels for easy mobility and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bleachers are available in lengths ranging from 7.5 feet to 21 feet, accommodating different seating capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the seating capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Depending on the length, the bleachers can seat approximately 15 to 42 people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame and seating are made of durable, rust-resistant aluminum, ensuring long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the wheels included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, non-marring swivel casters are included for easy transport without damaging floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these bleachers suitable for indoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the tip-and-roll design makes them ideal for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are guardrails or backrests included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No, this model does not include guardrails or backrests, adhering to a low-profile design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check for loose hardware, structural damage, or worn wheels. Tighten bolts and replace damaged parts as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down aluminum surfaces with water and mild soap. Avoid abrasive materials to prevent scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaintain Wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e: Inspect caster wheels for wear and ensure they roll smoothly. Lubricate axles periodically for easy mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure all locking mechanisms are secure when in use to prevent movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Roll and store in a covered, dry area when not in use to extend the bleachers' lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"7.5' Length","offer_id":52340302119207,"sku":"TBL-3-8N","price":1445.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' Length","offer_id":52340302151975,"sku":"TBL-3-15N","price":2085.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"21' Length","offer_id":52340302184743,"sku":"TBL-3-21N","price":2522.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-3-row-tip-n-roll-aluminum-bleachers-29601820344429.jpg?v=1792115249"},{"product_id":"pevo-3-row-aluminum-bleachers","title":"PEVO 3 Row Aluminum Bleachers","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 3 Row Aluminum Bleachers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe \u003c\/span\u003ePevo 3-Row Bleacher\u003cspan\u003e is the perfect li\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eghtweight, all aluminum construction bleacher for any field. This product comes in three lengths, 7.5', 15' and 21'. Our Bleachers are easy to assemble and come with welded end caps.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 7.5' Bleacher seats 15 people.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe 15' Bleacher seats 30 people.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThe 21' Bleacher seats 42 people. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bleacher Planks, Legs, Braces, All Hardware Needed\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlank Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10”’\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: PEVO 3 Row Aluminum Bleachers are built with high-strength aluminum, providing excellent durability and resistance to rust and corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: With three rows, these bleachers are perfect for smaller venues, practice fields, or spaces with limited seating needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for easy relocation, they are ideal for both permanent and temporary seating solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe and Secure\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a non-slip surface and welded joints to ensure stability and safety for spectators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Aluminum construction means easy cleaning and long-lasting performance, even with frequent outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeets Safety Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e: Complies with industry safety guidelines, ensuring a reliable and worry-free seating experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 3 Row Aluminum Bleachers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: These bleachers are available in multiple lengths, typically ranging from 7.5 feet to 27 feet, accommodating various seating capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the seating capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The seating capacity varies by length, supporting approximately 15 to 54 people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What material is used in the construction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bleachers are made of durable, rust-resistant aluminum for outdoor durability and minimal maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are the bleachers portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, these bleachers are lightweight and can be moved when necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are they compliant with safety standards?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, they are designed to meet standard safety guidelines for seating systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are guardrails or backrests included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: No, this model is a basic 3-row bleacher and does not include guardrails or backrests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check for loose bolts, cracks, or signs of wear. Tighten fasteners and repair damage promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wash aluminum surfaces with water and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners to prevent scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect Against Corrosion\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure proper drainage to prevent water pooling, and dry surfaces after heavy rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Verify that the bleachers are on level ground and anchoring systems are intact for safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore During Off-Season\u003c\/strong\u003e: If portable, store bleachers in a covered, dry area when not in use for extended periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"7.5' Length","offer_id":52340302315815,"sku":"TBL-3-8","price":1350.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' Length","offer_id":52340302348583,"sku":"TBL-3-15","price":1995.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"21' Length","offer_id":52340302381351,"sku":"TBL-3-21","price":2560.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-3-row-aluminum-bleachers-29601796915309_c2d3243b-0fa1-457a-bc67-317d3c774fd5.jpg?v=1792115251"},{"product_id":"pevo-7-x-21-competition-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21r","title":"PEVO 7 x 21 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21R","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO  7 x 21 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Competition Series Soccer Goal comes with lightweight, aluminum 4' round tubing that is powder coated in a white finish, an aluminum backstay, and a galvanized steel ground bar. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 25 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-7x21R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7x21 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, PEVO Net Ties, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 170 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated Goal Face, Unfinished Backstay, and Ground Bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 7x21 Competition Series Soccer Goal is designed to meet the demands of competitive play, offering durability and performance that align with professional standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with reinforced aluminum frames and weather-resistant materials, this goal ensures long-lasting use, even in challenging outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a simple assembly process with secure fittings, allowing for quick installation on fields of all types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 7x21 feet, it adheres to official competition standards, making it perfect for youth leagues, high school teams, and training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight yet sturdy, the goal is easy to transport and reposition, ideal for dynamic practice environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Safety\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes rounded edges and secure net attachments to prioritize player safety during intense games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 7x21 Competition Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 7 feet high by 21 feet wide, meeting official competition standards for youth soccer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, weather-resistant aluminum for long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a high-quality, UV-treated net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a lightweight design with wheels for easy portability and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is needed, and all necessary hardware is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it's designed for outdoor use and built to withstand various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check for damage or loose hardware before and after use. Tighten bolts and replace worn parts immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down the frame with a damp cloth and mild soap. Avoid harsh chemicals to protect the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Care\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove and store the net in a dry place when not in use to prevent wear and UV damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure ground anchors are firmly in place during every setup to prevent tipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Safely\u003c\/strong\u003e: If not in permanent use, disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry area to extend lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340302610727,"sku":"SGM-7x21R","price":1950.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-7-x-21-competition-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21r-28127439978605_1.jpg?v=1792115254"},{"product_id":"pevo-7-x-21-channel-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21c","title":"PEVO 7 x 21 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21C","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 7 x 21 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21C\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Channel Series Goal is constructed of lightweight, powder coated, 4” round aluminum tubing with durable aluminum corner and base castings, 2” round aluminum backstays, and 2” round base tube. The net is fastened using MP Clips on the uprights, crossbars, and bases with bungee balls securing the net to the galvanized steel ground bar. This goal meets ASTM standards.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 20 minutes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 4” Round Tubing Frame with Built-in Channel comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Aluminum Backstay Powder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Galvanized Steel Ground Bar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standard F2673-08\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 187.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 7 x 21 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21C is a top-tier choice for clubs and competitive teams. Here's why it excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOfficial Size for Competitive Play:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 7 x 21 feet dimensions make it ideal for official matches, youth tournaments, and club-level play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChannel Frame Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers superior stability and strength, built to handle intense play and outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made with high-quality materials that can withstand various weather conditions, ensuring the goal's longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup \u0026amp; Portability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for easy assembly and transport, making it suitable for practices, tournaments, and mobile teams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Grade:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for clubs and competitive teams seeking reliable, long-lasting goals for high-level soccer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 7 x 21 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21C?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 7 x 21 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21C is a high-quality, durable soccer goal designed for competitive play, featuring a channel frame system that enhances stability and structural integrity for intense training and matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7' x 21', perfect for competitive games and training at the club or league level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChannel Frame System\u003c\/strong\u003e: The innovative channel frame design offers extra stability and strength, making it ideal for high-impact play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong, rust-resistant steel frame for long-lasting durability in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for optimal performance, ensuring the goal remains stable and secure during intense play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Suitable for both training and competitive matches, providing a professional-level experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is constructed with weather-resistant materials, making it ideal for outdoor use in all weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant finish for added longevity and strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 7 x 21 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21C?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 7 x 21 Channel Series Soccer Goal offers excellent durability, stability, and performance, making it a great choice for competitive play and training at the club level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soft cloth and mild soap to clean the frame and net, removing dirt, dust, and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals or abrasive materials that could damage the finish or netting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically check for loose bolts, rust, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots with anti-rust solutions to prevent further damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Examine the net for signs of fraying, holes, or wear. Repair or replace damaged sections promptly to maintain the goal’s effectiveness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered area to protect it from weather elements that could lead to rusting or degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the goal is securely anchored or positioned on stable ground before each use to avoid tipping or shifting during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340302840103,"sku":"SGM-7x21C","price":2040.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-7-x-21-channel-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21c-28064622084205.jpg?v=1792115256"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24t","title":"PEVO 8 x 24 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24T","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8 x 24 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24T\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Club Series Soccer Goal comes with a lightweight, aluminum 2' x 4' rectangular tubing that is powder coated in a white finish. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 25 minutes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm HEX Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"shopify-section-product-template\" class=\"shopify-section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"ProductSection\" data-section-id=\"product-template\" data-section-type=\"product-template\" data-image-zoom-type=\"lightbox\" data-show-extra-tab=\"false\" data-extra-tab-content=\"\" data-cart-enable-ajax=\"true\" data-enable-history-state=\"true\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-8x24T\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8x24 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated 2” x 4” Components, All other components unfinished aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 8 x 24 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24T is a top-tier choice for competitive and club-level play. Here’s why it’s highly recommended:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-Sized Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e At 8 x 24 feet, it meets official regulation size, making it ideal for competitive games and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with high-quality, durable materials to withstand heavy use in both outdoor and competitive environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability \u0026amp; Security:\u003c\/strong\u003e The sturdy frame ensures the goal stays securely in place during intense matches, offering reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup \u0026amp; Portability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight yet robust, it’s easy to transport and assemble for practice sessions or tournaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for clubs and competitive play, it brings a polished, professional look to any field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 8 x 24 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 8 x 24 Club Series Soccer Goal is a high-quality, durable goal designed for club-level play and training, offering professional-grade performance and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 8' x 24' goal, perfect for full-field play and competitive training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Strong steel frame built to withstand intense use, with reinforced design for extra durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight yet sturdy for easy movement and quick setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant coating, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for maximum stability during high-intensity games and practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is made with weather-resistant materials, making it ideal for outdoor play in all seasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a heavy-duty steel frame with a rust-resistant finish for enhanced durability and weather resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 8 x 24 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 8 x 24 Club Series Soccer Goal offers a combination of durability, portability, and professional-grade quality, making it a great choice for soccer clubs and teams at all levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals or abrasive cleaners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the frame for any loose bolts, dents, or rust. Tighten any hardware and treat rust spots to prevent further damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly check the net for any wear or damage, such as fraying or tears. Repair or replace sections to ensure optimal functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered area to protect it from weather conditions that can cause corrosion or wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anchoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always ensure the goal is securely anchored before use to prevent tipping or shifting during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340303364391,"sku":"SGM-8x24T","price":1840.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24t-28127696126061_1.jpg?v=1792115259"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-18-5-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18t","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18T","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18T\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Club Series Soccer Goal comes with a lightweight, aluminum 2' x 4' rectangular tubing that is powder coated in a white finish. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 25 minutes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4mm HEX Soccer Goal Net\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-6x18T\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5x18.5 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth: \u003c\/strong\u003e18.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated 2” x 4” Components, All other components unfinished aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18T is a high-quality, professional-grade option for competitive play. Here’s why it’s highly recommended:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e With 6.5 x 18.5 feet dimensions, this goal meets competition standards, making it ideal for youth clubs, tournaments, and higher-level training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with premium materials to withstand heavy use and outdoor conditions, ensuring long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The robust frame ensures the goal remains stable during intense matches, providing a consistent and reliable playing experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for easy transport and quick assembly, perfect for mobile teams, tournaments, and varied practice locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for clubs looking for a top-tier, reliable goal that meets the demands of competitive soccer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18T is a professional-grade soccer goal designed for club-level play, offering exceptional durability, stability, and performance for competitive games and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 18.5', ideal for club-level training and small-sided competitive games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong steel frame for long-lasting strength and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coated with rust-resistant materials, suitable for use in various outdoor weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered for stability during high-intensity matches, ensuring the goal stays in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offers a high-quality, reliable goal for competitive play and training at the club level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it ideal for outdoor use in all weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant coating, providing strength and long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Club Series Soccer Goal is designed for high-performance use, offering excellent durability, stability, and reliability for club-level training and competitive play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid using abrasive cleaners that can damage the surface or net.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the frame for loose bolts, dents, or rust. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots with anti-rust solutions to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly inspect the net for fraying, holes, or other damage. Repair or replace damaged sections to ensure it functions properly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the goal in a dry, sheltered area when not in use to protect it from harsh weather, which can cause rust or degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before use, ensure the goal is securely anchored to the ground to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340303593767,"sku":"SGM-6x18T","price":1625.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-18-5-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18t-28127688360045_1.jpg?v=1792115261"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-channel-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12c","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12C","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12C\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Channel Series Goal is constructed of lightweight, powder coated, 4” round aluminum tubing with durable aluminum corner and base castings, 2” round aluminum backstays, and 2” round base tube. The net is fastened using MP Clips on the uprights, crossbars, and bases with bungee balls securing the net to the galvanized steel ground bar. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 15 minutes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 4” Round Tubing Frame with Built-in Channel comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Aluminum Backstay Powder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Galvanized Steel Ground Bar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12C is a reliable and durable option for youth soccer teams. Here's why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth-Friendly Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6.5 x 12 feet dimensions make it perfect for younger players, offering a good balance between size and manageability for training and games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChannel Frame Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The robust channel frame ensures enhanced stability and long-lasting durability, even under heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant \u0026amp; Durable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand the elements, this goal performs well in various weather conditions, making it perfect for outdoor training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The strong frame ensures the goal stays securely in place during intense action, providing consistency during practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy to Set Up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and easy to assemble, ideal for transporting to different practice locations or for recreational use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12C?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12C is a durable, high-quality soccer goal designed for youth training and competition, featuring a channel frame system for enhanced stability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 12', ideal for youth teams and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChannel Frame System\u003c\/strong\u003e: The channel frame design provides added stability and structural integrity, making the goal more durable during intense use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong steel frame to withstand high-impact use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coated with rust-resistant materials, making it suitable for outdoor play in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered for stability, ensuring reliable performance during training sessions and matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is made with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor play in all weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant finish to ensure longevity and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12C?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Channel Series Soccer Goal provides excellent stability, durability, and performance, making it an ideal choice for youth training, competition, and small-sided games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soft cloth and mild soap to clean the frame and net. Remove dirt and debris to maintain the appearance and function of the goal. Avoid harsh chemicals or abrasive materials that could damage the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically check for rust, dents, or loose bolts. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots promptly to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the net for any fraying, holes, or damage. Repair or replace damaged sections as needed to ensure the goal functions properly during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered location to protect it from the weather, preventing rust or material degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before use, ensure the goal is securely anchored to prevent tipping or shifting during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340303659303,"sku":"SGM-6x12C","price":1660.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-channel-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12c-28064604717165_1.jpg?v=1792115263"},{"product_id":"pevo-7-x-21-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21e","title":"PEVO 7 x 21 Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21E","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 7 x 21 Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21E\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Economy Series Goal is manufactured with all-aluminum, lightweight, 3” round tubing. The Economy Series is designed to be identical to the PEVO Park Series Goal, albeit constructed with more affordable, unpainted, round tubing making this the perfect everyday practice goal that can still be easily maneuvered around the field due to the finished, rounded bottoms. The net is fastened using bungee balls, or wire ties.  Like all PEVO Goals, the Economy Series features reinforced, high strength, durable corner castings. This Economy Series Goal meets ASTM standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing that comes in a Mill Finish. Net is held with Bungee Balls or Net Ties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standard F2673-08 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-7x21E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7x21 Net, PEVO Bungee-Balls, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unpainted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAffordable and Reliable\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 7x21 Economy Series Soccer Goal provides great performance and durability at an economical price, ideal for schools, clubs, and recreational leagues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Youth Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: With dimensions of 7x21 feet, this goal meets official standards for youth matches and training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Aluminum Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with powder-coated aluminum, it resists rust and wear for long-lasting outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for easy transport, making it suitable for shared fields or temporary setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Comes with an intuitive setup process and secure fittings for fast, hassle-free installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe and Sturdy\u003c\/strong\u003e: Reinforced corners and reliable net attachments ensure stability and player safety during intense games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 7x21 Economy Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 7 feet high by 21 feet wide, meeting standard dimensions for youth soccer games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is crafted from lightweight, rust-resistant aluminum with a durable powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a weather-resistant, high-quality net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the lightweight design makes it easy to move, with an optional wheel kit available for added portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required, and all necessary hardware and assembly instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed to withstand various weather conditions and is ideal for outdoor play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for youth soccer matches, training sessions, and recreational use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Regularly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, joints, and hardware for wear or damage. Tighten bolts and replace parts as necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a soft cloth with mild soap and water to clean dirt and debris. Avoid harsh chemicals that can damage the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove the net when not in use and store it in a dry, shaded area to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStabilize Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure ground anchors are securely installed to maintain stability and prevent tipping during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore During Off-Season\u003c\/strong\u003e: Disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry space if not used regularly to extend its lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340304118055,"sku":"SGM-7x21E","price":1810.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-7-x-21-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21e-29100711084141_8.jpg?v=1792115267"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24e","title":"PEVO 8 x 24 Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24E","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8 x 24 Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-8x24E\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"shopify-section\" id=\"shopify-section-product-template\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Economy Series Goal is manufactured with all aluminum, lightweight, 3” round tubing. The Economy Series is designed to be identical to the PEVO Park Series Goal, albeit constructed with more affordable, unpainted, round tubing making this the perfect everyday practice goal that can still be easily maneuvered around the field due to the finished, rounded bottoms. The net is fastened using bungee balls, or wire ties.  Like all PEVO Goals, the Economy Series features reinforced, high strength, durable corner castings. This Economy Series Goal meets ASTM 2950-14 and NCAA\/NFSHA standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing that comes in a Mill Finish. Net is held with Bungee Balls or Net Ties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standard F2673-08 and NCAA\/NFSHSA Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-8x24E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8x24 Net, PEVO Bungee-Balls, \u003ca class=\"text-link\" href=\"https:\/\/pevosports.com\/products\/pevo-corksrew-anchor-set-of-4\"\u003eGround Anchors\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 177.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExceptional Value\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 8x24 Economy Series Soccer Goal offers professional-quality performance at an affordable price, ideal for clubs, schools, and recreational leagues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: Measuring 8x24 feet, this goal meets official standards for full-sized matches, perfect for competitive play and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Aluminum Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Constructed from powder-coated aluminum, it resists rust and corrosion for long-lasting use in any weather.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Despite its large size, the goal is designed for easy transport and repositioning on the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a straightforward setup process with secure fittings for hassle-free installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhanced Safety\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes reinforced joints and strong net fasteners to ensure stability and player safety during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 8x24 Economy Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 8 feet high by 24 feet wide, meeting official size standards for adult soccer matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from lightweight, rust-resistant aluminum with a durable powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal comes with a weather-resistant, high-quality net.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the lightweight design allows for easy portability, with an optional wheel kit available for added convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is needed, and all required hardware and detailed instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is specifically designed for outdoor use and can withstand harsh weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is perfect for official matches, practice sessions, and recreational play for adult or professional-level soccer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Frequently\u003c\/strong\u003e: Check the frame, fasteners, and joints for damage or looseness. Tighten hardware and replace worn components promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wipe down with mild soap and water to remove dirt. Avoid harsh or abrasive cleaners to preserve the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCare for the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Detach the net after use and store it in a cool, dry place to prevent UV exposure and weather-related wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely\u003c\/strong\u003e: Ensure all ground anchors are properly installed for maximum stability and safety during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeasonal Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e: Disassemble and store the goal in a covered, dry area when not in use for extended periods to protect against the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340304183591,"sku":"SGM-8x24E","price":1945.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-8x24e-29100705284205_1.jpg?v=1792115269"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-18-5-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18e","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18E","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18E\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Economy Series Goal is manufactured with all aluminum, lightweight, 3” round tubing. The Economy Series is designed to be identical to the PEVO Park Series Goal, albeit constructed with more affordable, unpainted, round tubing making this the perfect everyday practice goal that can still be easily maneuvered around the field due to the finished, rounded bottoms. The net is fastened using bungee balls, or wire ties.  Like all PEVO Goals, the Economy Series features reinforced, high strength, durable corner castings. This Economy Series Goal meets ASTM standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm HEX Net\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing that comes in a Mill Finish. Net is held with Bungee Balls or Net Ties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standard F2673-08 \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-6x18E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5x18.5 Net, PEVO Bungee-Balls, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 145 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unpainted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAffordable Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e: The PEVO 6.5x18.5 Economy Series Soccer Goal delivers reliable performance at an accessible price point, making it ideal for schools, recreational leagues, and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with powder-coated aluminum frames, it resists rust and wear, ensuring long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOfficial Youth Size\u003c\/strong\u003e: With dimensions of 6.5x18.5 feet, this goal meets standards for youth play and smaller-sided matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and Portable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for easy transport and repositioning, perfect for multi-use fields or shared facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features an intuitive assembly process with secure components, so you can have it ready to use in no time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety First\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes reinforced corners and strong net attachments for dependable, worry-free play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PEVO 6.5x18.5 Economy Series Soccer Goal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal measures 6.5 feet high by 18.5 feet wide, meeting dimensions for youth soccer games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the frame made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The frame is constructed from durable, lightweight aluminum with a powder-coated finish for rust resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the net included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, a weather-resistant, high-quality net is included with the goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is this soccer goal portable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the lightweight design makes it easy to move, with an optional wheel kit available for added portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What assembly is required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Minimal assembly is required, with all necessary hardware and instructions included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is designed for outdoor use and can withstand various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is this goal best used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: It is ideal for youth soccer games, practice sessions, and recreational play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e: Regularly check for loose bolts, damaged parts, or wear on the frame. Tighten and replace as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean the Goal\u003c\/strong\u003e: Use a soft cloth with mild soap and water to clean the frame. Avoid abrasive cleaners to maintain the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtect the Net\u003c\/strong\u003e: Remove and store the net in a dry, shaded area when not in use to prevent UV and weather damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Verify ground anchors are securely in place before every use to prevent tipping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly\u003c\/strong\u003e: For seasonal storage, disassemble and keep in a covered, dry location to prolong the goal's life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340304380199,"sku":"SGM-6x18E","price":1660.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-18-5-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18e-29100688146541_1.jpg?v=1792115270"},{"product_id":"pevo-7-x-21-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21t","title":"PEVO 7 x 21 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21T","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 7 x 21 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21T\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Club Series Soccer Goal comes with a lightweight, aluminum 2' x 4' rectangular tubing that is powder coated in a white finish. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 25 minutes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4mm Soccer Goal Net\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"shopify-section-product-template\" class=\"shopify-section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"ProductSection\" data-section-id=\"product-template\" data-section-type=\"product-template\" data-image-zoom-type=\"lightbox\" data-show-extra-tab=\"false\" data-extra-tab-content=\"\" data-cart-enable-ajax=\"true\" data-enable-history-state=\"true\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-7x21T\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7x21 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 155 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated 2” x 4” Components, All other components unfinished aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 7 x 21 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21T is a premium choice for clubs and competitive teams. Here's why it's a standout option:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 7 x 21 feet dimensions make it an official size for competitive soccer, perfect for club teams and tournaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Sturdy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed with high-quality materials designed to withstand the demands of intense play, ensuring long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The strong frame offers stability during high-pressure matches, ensuring the goal remains firm and steady.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight yet robust, easy to transport and set up for practices, games, or tournaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Quality:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for professional-level performance, making it a perfect choice for clubs looking for a reliable, top-tier goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 7 x 21 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 7 x 21 Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-7x21T is a high-quality, durable soccer goal designed for competitive play and training at the club level, offering stability and performance for teams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7' x 21', perfect for small-sided games and club-level training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a strong steel frame, ensuring long-lasting durability during frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coated with a rust-resistant finish, making it suitable for outdoor play in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for excellent stability during intense competitive matches and training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides a high-quality, reliable goal for serious training and competition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is built with weather-resistant materials, making it ideal for outdoor use in different environmental conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant coating, designed for longevity and resilience during club-level play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soft cloth and mild soap to clean the frame and net, removing dirt, debris, and moisture. Avoid harsh chemicals or abrasive cleaners that may damage the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check for rust, loose bolts, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and treat any rust spots with an anti-rust solution to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly inspect the net for signs of wear, fraying, or holes. Repair or replace damaged sections to maintain the goal's functionality and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the goal in a dry, sheltered location when not in use to protect it from the elements and prevent rust or material degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the goal is securely anchored to the ground before each use to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340304478503,"sku":"SGM-7x21T","price":1725.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-7-x-21-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-7x21t-28127692292205_7.jpg?v=1792115271"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-18-5-youth-competition-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18r","title":"PEVO  6.5 x 18.5 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18R","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO  6.5 x 18.5 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Competition Series Soccer Goal comes with lightweight, aluminum 4' round tubing that is powder coated in a white finish, an aluminum backstay, and a galvanized steel ground bar. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 20 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4mm HEX Soccer Goal Net\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-6x18R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5x18.5 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, PEVO Net Ties, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 155 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated Goal Face, Unfinished Backstay, and Ground Bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18R is an excellent choice for competitive play and training. Here’s why it’s a top pick:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e With 6.5 x 18.5 feet dimensions, it meets competition-level requirements, making it perfect for competitive youth games and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with durable, high-quality materials to withstand intense matches and outdoor elements, ensuring long-lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a strong frame that keeps the goal firmly in place during high-intensity play, offering reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup \u0026amp; Portability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight yet sturdy, making it easy to transport and assemble at different locations, perfect for mobile teams or tournaments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Competitive Play:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for competitive youth leagues, schools, and clubs, offering a professional-grade goal that enhances the playing experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18R?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18R is a high-quality soccer goal designed for competitive play, offering exceptional durability and stability for both training and matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 18.5' goal, ideal for youth and small-sided competitive games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong steel frame for long-lasting durability under the pressures of competitive play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coated with a rust-resistant finish to withstand outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered for stability during high-intensity matches, ensuring it stays firmly in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Suitable for both training and actual competition, providing a professional-level experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is made with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor play in all weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant coating, designed for longevity and resilience during competitive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt, debris, and moisture. Avoid using abrasive materials that could damage the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the frame for loose bolts, rust, or dents. Tighten any hardware as needed and treat rust spots with anti-rust solutions to prevent further deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Examine the net for fraying, tears, or holes. Repair or replace damaged sections to ensure the net remains effective and safe for play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered location to protect it from harsh weather, preventing rust and material damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make sure the goal is securely anchored or placed on stable ground before each use to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340304576807,"sku":"SGM-6x18R","price":1795.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-18-5-youth-competition-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18r-28127420252269_4.jpg?v=1792115273"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-12-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12p","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12P","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12P\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Park Series Goal features an all aluminum, powder coated white, 3” round upright, crossbar, ground bar, and 1-3\/8” round aluminum backstay. The net is attached in the built in channel using MP Clips. The finished, rounded bottom means this goal can easily be maneuvered around all surfaces without damaging the grass or turf and ensuring the safety of the users. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 15 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel Around the Entire Goal that comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-6x12P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6x12 Net, PEVO MP Clips, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 130lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12P is a great option for youth teams and recreational play. Here’s why it’s a top choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth-Sized Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6.5 x 12 feet dimensions are perfect for youth players, providing ample space for skill development and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with high-quality materials to withstand outdoor conditions, ensuring long-lasting use throughout the seasons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Stable:\u003c\/strong\u003e The strong frame ensures the goal stays secure during play, even with active and energetic movements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy to Set Up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and simple to assemble, making it ideal for practice sessions at different locations or casual backyard games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for parks, schools, or home use, offering an affordable and reliable option for recreational games and youth training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12P?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12P is a durable and affordable soccer goal designed for youth players, perfect for recreational play and training in park or outdoor settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 12', ideal for youth teams and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a strong steel frame for long-lasting durability and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coated with rust-resistant materials, making it suitable for outdoor use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move, ideal for use in parks and recreational areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides excellent stability during practice sessions and casual games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor play in parks and recreational settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a sturdy steel frame with a rust-resistant finish for added durability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12P?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal offers excellent value with durability, portability, and stability, making it a great option for recreational soccer play and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid using abrasive cleaners that can damage the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly check for rust, loose bolts, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and address rust spots promptly to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the net for fraying, tears, or holes. Repair or replace damaged sections to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered location to protect it from exposure to weather conditions that may cause damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before use, ensure the goal is securely anchored to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340304773415,"sku":"SGM-6x12P","price":1610.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12p-28124956098669_1.jpg?v=1792115274"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-18-5-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18p","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18P","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18P\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Park Series Goal features an all aluminum, powder coated white, 3” round upright, crossbar, ground bar, and 1-3\/8” round aluminum backstay. The net is attached in the built in channel using MP Clips. The finished, rounded bottom means this goal can easily be maneuvered around all surfaces without damaging the grass or turf and ensuring the safety of the users. The Park Series Goal meets ASTM standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 20 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm HEX Net\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel Around the Entire Goal that comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned and Tested to meet ASTM Standards\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-6x18P\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6x18 Net, PEVO MP Clips, Ground Anchors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 155lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18P is a fantastic choice for recreational play and casual training. Here's why it's a great option:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6.5 x 18.5 feet dimensions are ideal for youth players, offering a practical size for skill development and fun, small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from high-quality materials to ensure the goal holds up well against regular outdoor use and weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The robust frame provides a steady structure that stays in place during play, offering consistent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to move and set up, making it perfect for parks, backyards, or recreational fields.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Casual Play:\u003c\/strong\u003e A great option for home use, youth leagues, or schools looking for a reliable and affordable soccer goal for casual games and practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18P?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18P is a durable, cost-effective soccer goal designed for recreational play and training in park settings, offering excellent stability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 18.5' goal, ideal for youth teams and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong steel frame designed for long-lasting use in outdoor environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coated with a rust-resistant finish, making it suitable for outdoor use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move, making it perfect for park or recreational areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to withstand the impacts and demands of casual play and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is made with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor play in parks and recreational settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant finish for added durability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18P?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Park Series Soccer Goal offers great value, combining durability, portability, and stability for recreational soccer play in parks and training settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid harsh chemicals or abrasive materials that could damage the goal’s finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically check the frame for rust, loose bolts, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the net for wear, fraying, or holes. Repair or replace damaged sections promptly to maintain the goal’s functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the goal in a dry, sheltered area when not in use to protect it from weather elements like rain or snow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the goal is securely anchored before each use to prevent tipping or shifting during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340304871719,"sku":"SGM-6x18P","price":1825.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-18-5-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18p-28124911632493_1.jpg?v=1792115277"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-18-5-channel-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18c","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18C","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18C\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Channel Series Goal is constructed of lightweight, powder coated, 4” round aluminum tubing with durable aluminum corner and base castings, 2” round aluminum backstays, and 2” round base tube. The net is fastened using MP Clips on the uprights, crossbars, and bases with bungee balls securing the net to the galvanized steel ground bar. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 15 minutes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm HEX Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 4” Round Tubing Frame with Built-in Channel comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Aluminum Backstay Powder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2” Galvanized Steel Ground Bar\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18C is a high-performance option for youth teams and training sessions. Here’s why it’s a standout choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal Size for Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6.5 x 18.5 feet dimensions are perfect for youth players and training drills, offering ample space for goalkeeping and shooting practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChannel Frame Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a strong and stable channel frame design, ensuring durability and added support during intense play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant \u0026amp; Durable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to withstand outdoor conditions, making it perfect for all-year-round use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy to Set Up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and easy to assemble, making it simple to transport and set up at different practice locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect for Youth \u0026amp; Club Play:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for use in training sessions, leagues, or school events, offering reliability and performance for youth teams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18C?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Channel Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x18C is a durable, high-quality soccer goal designed for intense training and competitive play, featuring a channel frame system for added stability and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 18.5' goal, ideal for youth teams and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChannel Frame System\u003c\/strong\u003e: The channel frame design enhances goal stability and structural integrity, even during high-impact use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made from strong materials that are built to last through frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coated with a rust-resistant finish, suitable for both indoor and outdoor play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides excellent performance and safety during competitive games and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it ideal for outdoor use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a robust steel frame with a rust-resistant coating for enhanced durability and long-lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to keep them free from dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive materials that may damage the finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the frame for loose bolts, rust, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots with anti-rust solutions to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the net for any fraying, holes, or tears. Repair or replace any damaged sections to ensure the goal remains functional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered location to protect it from weather elements that could lead to rust or material degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before use, ensure the goal is securely anchored to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340304937255,"sku":"SGM-6x18C","price":1865.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-18-5-channel-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x18c-28064617103469_5.jpg?v=1792115278"},{"product_id":"pevo-8-x-24-flat-faced-training-soccer-rebounder-stf-8x24","title":"PEVO 8 X 24 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-8x24","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 8 X 24 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-8x24\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVOFlat Face Training Goal is constructed of lightweight, 2” square aluminum tubing that features 3” wide x 3\/8” thick x 3’ long base plates with ground spikes for grass, or without ground spikes to be put on artificial turf. The net is fastened together using bungee balls around the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e: STF-8x24\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8x24 Flat Faced Net, Bungee Balls, Base (Grass, Turf or Heavy Duty)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e  60 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unfinished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase options:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrass- Base comes with a spike for grass use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurf- Base comes with a flat base for use on artificial grass or turf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-Duty - Base weighs 90 lbs and can be used on all surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 8 x 24 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-8x24 is a top-tier training tool for soccer players looking to take their skills to the next level. Here's why it’s a great choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Rebound Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e With an 8 x 24 feet design, it offers a large surface for practicing a variety of skills, from passing to ball control and reaction time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-Faced Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flat face ensures a consistent and predictable rebound, perfect for accurate ball control and improving passing techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed with high-quality materials that can withstand rigorous training sessions in any weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup \u0026amp; Portability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and simple to assemble, making it perfect for use at home or mobile training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Team \u0026amp; Solo Training:\u003c\/strong\u003e Great for team drills, individual practice, or improving specific soccer skills like passing accuracy and quick reflexes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 8 X 24 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-8x24?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 8 X 24 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-8x24 is a large, durable training tool designed to improve passing, shooting, and ball control, featuring a flat surface for consistent ball rebound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 8' x 24' rebounder, offering a larger surface for various training drills and team practices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-Faced Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides consistent, predictable ball rebound, ideal for training accuracy and technique.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a strong steel frame to withstand high-impact ball rebounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Angles\u003c\/strong\u003e: Allows for different rebound angles to simulate various game scenarios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to set up and move, perfect for flexible training locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the rebounder suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the rebounder is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor training in different weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The rebounder features a sturdy steel frame with durable netting, designed for long-term use and impact resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 8 X 24 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-8x24?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 8 X 24 Flat Faced Training Rebounder provides a large, reliable surface for soccer drills, enhancing ball control, passing, and shooting, making it an excellent tool for team training and skill development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and rebound surface with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid using abrasive cleaners that could damage the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the frame for any rust, dents, or loose bolts. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots promptly to prevent further deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Rebound Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the rebound surface for signs of wear, such as tears or damage. Repair or replace sections as needed to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the rebounder in a dry, sheltered location when not in use to protect it from weather elements that could cause damage or material degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before each use, ensure the rebounder is securely positioned to avoid shifting or tipping during training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"GRASS BASE w\/ SPIKE","offer_id":52340305133863,"sku":"STF-8x24","price":845.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"TURF BASE","offer_id":52340305166631,"sku":"STF-8x24","price":845.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"HEAVY DUTY BASE","offer_id":52340305199399,"sku":"STF-8x24","price":995.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-8-x-24-flat-faced-training-soccer-rebounder-stf-8x24-30957383286893.jpg?v=1792115280"},{"product_id":"pevo-7-5-covered-bench-with-backrest-tbc-8pc","title":"PEVO 7.5' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-8","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 7.5' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-8\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 7.5' Covered Bench looks great on any sideline. This lightweight bench is manufactured with a 2' square aluminum construction and comes with an 18 oz. coated vinyl, weather-resistant canopy which attaches via bungee balls to make it easy to attach and remove. The PEVO Covered Bench features an easy to use pushpin design and uses ground anchors for support. This canopy can be customized with your team's logo, or can be customized with any of the colors listed below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 7.5' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-8 is an excellent seating option for teams, clubs, and outdoor events. Here's why it's a top choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The backrest provides extra support for players and spectators, ensuring comfort during long sessions or events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Weather-Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made with high-quality, weather-resistant materials to withstand the elements and frequent use outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious Seating:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a 7.5-foot length, it accommodates multiple people, making it perfect for team benches or group seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy to Set Up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight yet sturdy, easy to move and set up for various events, practices, or games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for sports fields, parks, schools, and recreational areas looking for reliable and durable seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 7.5' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-8?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 7.5' Covered Bench with Backrest TBC-8 is a comfortable and durable seating solution designed for outdoor sports fields, providing a spacious seat with a backrest for added comfort during breaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7.5' long, offering ample seating for multiple individuals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest\u003c\/strong\u003e: Equipped with a backrest for enhanced comfort and support during long sitting periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCovered Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a weather-resistant cover to protect against the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a sturdy frame and materials built to withstand outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to move and set up at various locations on sports fields or venues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the bench suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the bench is designed for outdoor use with weather-resistant materials that can withstand various environmental conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The bench is constructed from durable materials with a weather-resistant finish for long-lasting use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the bench with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and dust. For tougher stains, use a mild cleaner that's safe for the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the frame for loose bolts or rust. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Upholstery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the bench's upholstery for signs of wear, such as tears or fraying. Repair any damage immediately to prevent further deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, especially in harsh weather conditions, store the bench in a sheltered area to protect the materials and extend its lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically check the bench for wobbling or instability. Tighten any loose screws or bolts to maintain the structure's stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"NO","offer_id":52340305756455,"sku":"TBC-8","price":1450.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"YES","offer_id":52340305789223,"sku":"TBC-8","price":1550.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-7-5-covered-bench-with-backrest-tbc-8pc-28129255981165_7.jpg?v=1792115281"},{"product_id":"pevo-4-x-6-youth-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x6e","title":"PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6E","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 4 x 6 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6E\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe P\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEVO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Economy Series Goal is manufactured with all aluminum, lightweight, 3” round tubing. The Economy Series is designed to be identical to the P\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEVO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Park Series Goal, albeit constructed with more affordable, unpainted, round tubing making this the perfect everyday practice goal that can still be easily maneuvered around the field due to the finished, rounded bottoms. The net is fastened using bungee balls, or wire ties.  Like all P\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEVO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Goals, the Economy Series features reinforced, high strength, durable corner castings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 10 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4mm Soccer Net\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing that comes in a Mill Finish. Net is held with Bungee Balls or Net Ties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-4x6E\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4x6 Net, PEVO Bungee-Balls, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:Mill\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6E is an excellent budget-friendly option for youth soccer players and casual practice. Here’s why it’s a top pick:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal Size for Youth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4 x 6 feet dimensions are perfect for younger players, making it great for skill-building and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAffordable \u0026amp; Durable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers great value for its price, with a sturdy construction that can withstand regular use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and simple to assemble, making it ideal for transporting between practice locations or home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The robust frame ensures the goal stays steady during play, even in casual games or training sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for schools, parks, or backyard use, providing a functional goal for youth leagues and recreational play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6E?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal is a budget-friendly, durable goal designed for youth players, offering reliable performance for recreational play and training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 4' x 6' goal, ideal for youth players and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEconomical Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Affordable construction without sacrificing durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to transport and set up for practice or recreational games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant finish ensures it can be used outdoors in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides reliable stability during games and practice sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor use in different weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant coating for added longevity and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6E?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal offers great value with a balance of affordability, portability, and durability, making it an excellent choice for recreational play and youth training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to keep them free from dirt and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals or abrasive materials that may damage the goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly check the frame for any loose bolts, rust, or dents. Tighten any hardware and treat rust spots promptly to maintain the goal’s integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the net for fraying or tears. Repair or replace any damaged sections to ensure it functions properly during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered area to protect it from weather elements that could cause deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anchoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before use, make sure the goal is properly anchored to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340305854759,"sku":"SGM-4x6E","price":1115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-4-x-6-youth-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x6e-29100695715949_2.jpg?v=1792115282"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-18-5-flat-faced-training-soccer-rebounder-stf-6x18","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-6x18","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-6x18\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVOFlat Face Training Goal is constructed of lightweight, 2” square aluminum tubing that features 3” wide x 3\/8” thick x 3’ long base plates with ground spikes for grass, or without ground spikes to be put on artificial turf. The net is fastened together using bungee balls around the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel: \u003c\/strong\u003eSTF-6.5x18.5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5x18.5 Flat Faced Net, Bungee Balls, Base (Grass, Turf or Heavy Duty)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e  50 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unfinished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase options:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrass- Base comes with a spike for grass use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurf- Base comes with a flat base for use on artificial grass or turf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-Duty - Base weighs 90 lbs and can be used on all surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-6x18 is a must-have training tool for soccer players looking to improve their skills. Here’s why it’s a great choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Rebound Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6.5 x 18.5 feet size offers a generous target area for practicing passing, receiving, and ball control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-Faced Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flat surface ensures consistent ball rebound, allowing for a more accurate and reliable training experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with high-quality materials to withstand intense use in various weather conditions, perfect for long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy to Set Up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and easy to move, making it perfect for mobile training sessions or home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Training Tool:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for solo training, team drills, or improving accuracy and reaction time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-6x18?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder is a versatile training tool designed to improve passing, shooting, and ball control, with a flat face for consistent ball rebound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 18.5' rebounder, perfect for team or individual training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-Faced Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides consistent and predictable ball rebound, ideal for various training drills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong frame to withstand intense practice sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Angles\u003c\/strong\u003e: Offers different rebound angles to simulate different game situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to set up and move for flexible training locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the rebounder suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the rebounder is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it ideal for outdoor training in different weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The rebounder features a durable steel frame and netting, providing long-lasting strength and resistance to impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 6.5 x 18.5 Flat Faced Training Soccer Rebounder STF-6x18?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Flat Faced Training Rebounder offers a reliable, durable, and portable solution for soccer players looking to improve their passing, shooting, and ball control skills\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and rebound surface with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners or materials that could damage the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly check for rust, loose bolts, or damage to the frame. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots to prevent further deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Rebound Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the rebound surface for any tears or wear. Repair or replace damaged sections to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the rebounder in a dry, sheltered location when not in use to protect it from weather exposure, which could cause rust or material degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before use, ensure the rebounder is securely positioned to prevent movement or tipping during training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"GRASS BASE w\/ SPIKE","offer_id":52340305920295,"sku":"STF-6x18","price":750.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"TURF BASE","offer_id":52340305953063,"sku":"STF-6x18","price":750.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"HEAVY DUTY TURF BASE","offer_id":52340305985831,"sku":"STF-6x18","price":900.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-18-5-flat-faced-training-soccer-rebounder-stf-6x18-30957271646317.jpg?v=1792115285"},{"product_id":"pevo-4-x-6-youth-competition-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x6r","title":"PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6R","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 4 x 6 Youth Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Competition Series Soccer Goal comes with lightweight, aluminum 4' round tubing that is powder coated in a white finish, an aluminum backstay, and a galvanized steel ground bar. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 10 minutes. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4mm Soccer Net\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-4x6R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4x6 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, PEVO Net Ties, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 75 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated Goal Face, Unfinished Backstay, and Ground Bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6R is a great choice for young players and competitive training. Here’s why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth-Sized for Competition:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4 x 6 feet dimensions are ideal for youth players, providing a regulation-size experience for skill development and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed with high-quality materials to handle frequent use and tough outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The strong frame ensures the goal remains in place during intense play, even in windy conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and quick to assemble, making it perfect for mobile practices and games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for competitive youth leagues and schools, offering a reliable and performance-driven goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6R?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Competition Series Soccer Goal is a high-quality, durable goal designed for youth competition and training, offering professional-level performance and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 4' x 6' goal, perfect for youth competition and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a robust steel frame for long-lasting durability, even in intense use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Features a rust-resistant finish, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move for flexible setup in different locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for maximum stability during fast-paced competition and practice sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for both indoor and outdoor play in all conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a strong steel frame with a rust-resistant coating to ensure durability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Competition Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x6R?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4 x 6 Youth Competition Series Soccer Goal combines durability, portability, and stability, making it a great choice for youth teams, leagues, and competitive training sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to keep them free from dirt and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals or abrasive materials that can damage the materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check for any rust, dents, or loose bolts. Tighten any hardware as needed and treat rust spots promptly to prevent further deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly inspect the net for fraying or holes. Repair or replace damaged sections to ensure the goal functions properly during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the goal in a dry, sheltered area when not in use to prevent exposure to the elements, which could lead to rusting or degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the goal is securely anchored before each use to prevent tipping or movement during games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340306215207,"sku":"SGM-4x6R","price":1195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-4-x-6-youth-competition-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x6r-28127395610733_4.jpg?v=1792115285"},{"product_id":"pevo-4-5-x-9-youth-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x9p","title":"PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9P","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9P\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Park Series Goal features an all aluminum, powder coated white, 3” round upright, crossbar, ground bar, and 1-3\/8” round aluminum backstay. The net is attached in the built in channel using MP Clips. The finished, rounded bottom means this goal can easily be maneuvered around all surfaces without damaging the grass or turf and ensuring the safety of the users. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 10 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing with Built-in Channel Around the Entire Goal that comes in a Powder Coated White Finish\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-4x9P\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5x9 Net, PEVO MP Clips, Ground Anchors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9P is an excellent choice for casual play and youth training. Here’s why it’s a great option:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect Size for Youth Players:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4.5 x 9 feet dimensions are ideal for younger players, providing a comfortable and manageable target for skill development.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made with high-quality materials, this goal is built to withstand outdoor conditions and regular use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Reliable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a sturdy frame that ensures the goal stays in place during play, even with energetic action.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy to Set Up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and easy to assemble, making it great for transporting between practice locations or recreational play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for parks, backyard games, schools, or youth leagues looking for a practical and affordable goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal is a durable, affordable goal designed for youth players, perfect for recreational play and training in park settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 4.5' x 9' goal, ideal for small-sided games and youth players.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a strong steel frame for long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move, perfect for various outdoor locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Coated with rust-resistant material, suitable for outdoor use in various weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides excellent stability during recreational play and practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is made with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor play in parks and recreational areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant finish for added durability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Park Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9P?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Park Soccer Goal offers a balance of affordability, portability, and durability, making it an excellent choice for recreational soccer play and youth training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid abrasive cleaners that can damage the goal’s finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the frame for rust, loose bolts, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots promptly to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Care:\u003c\/strong\u003e Examine the net for fraying, tears, or holes. Repair or replace damaged sections to maintain the net's integrity and ensure safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered location to protect it from weather elements such as rain or snow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always make sure the goal is securely anchored before use to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340306411815,"sku":"SGM-4x9P","price":1340.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-4-5-x-9-youth-park-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x9p-28124974055533.jpg?v=1792115287"},{"product_id":"pevo-official-futsal-goal-sgi-7-10","title":"PEVO Official Futsal Goal SGI-7×10","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO Official Futsal Goal SGI-7×10\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Official Futsal Goal is constructed of lightweight 2” x 4” rectangular aluminum tubing with rounded corners that meets official futsal standards. Uprights and crossbars come finished in a powder coated white. The net is fastened in place using our StayNet Fasteners. The PEVO Official Futsal Goal comes with base plates and rubber pads giving it the ability to be used both indoors and outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel: \u003c\/strong\u003eSGI-7×10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’7”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9’10”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4”x2” rectangular with 2” round backstays and 2” round ground bar. All Aluminum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Official Futsal Goal SGI-7×10 is a top choice for futsal players and teams looking for a high-quality, regulation-sized goal. Here's why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 7x10 feet, meeting official futsal goal standards for competitive play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with high-quality, robust materials to withstand intense futsal action in both indoor and outdoor settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features a sturdy frame that ensures the goal stays firmly in place during fast-paced futsal matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup \u0026amp; Portability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and simple to assemble, making it perfect for mobile futsal tournaments or practice sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Appearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to look and perform like an official futsal goal, enhancing the quality of the playing field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO Official Futsal Goal SGI-7×10?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Official Futsal Goal SGI-7×10 is a professional-grade futsal goal designed for official futsal matches and training, meeting the standard size and offering high durability for competitive play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7' x 10', the official futsal goal size for international and league matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong steel frame designed for long-lasting use and stability during intense futsal play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant coating, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to move and set up for training and competitions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered to remain stable during fast-paced futsal games, ensuring safe play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it ideal for outdoor futsal games and training sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant finish for enhanced durability and long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO Official Futsal Goal SGI-7×10?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Official Futsal Goal offers superior durability, portability, and professional-level design, making it an excellent choice for futsal clubs, leagues, and training sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals or abrasive materials that may damage the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically check for rust, loose bolts, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and address rust spots promptly with an anti-rust solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly inspect the net for fraying or holes. Repair or replace damaged sections to ensure it remains functional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the goal in a dry, sheltered area when not in use to prevent weather exposure, which can cause deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before each use, ensure the goal is securely anchored to prevent tipping or shifting during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340306510119,"sku":"SGI-7×10","price":1250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-official-futsal-goal-sgi-7x10-30957402718317.jpg?v=1792115289"},{"product_id":"pevo-field-hockey-poly-replacement-boards","title":"PEVO Field Hockey Poly Replacement Boards","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO Field Hockey Poly Replacement Boards\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePEVO Field Hockey Replacement Boards are made of \u003cspan\u003e5\/8' thick High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) board. The set is a total of 5 boards, 2 side boards and 3 back boards. There dimensions are as follows:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide board - Length: 44' Width: 5\/8' Height: 18'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBack Board - \u003cspan\u003eLength: 48' Width: 5\/8' Height: 18'\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis PEVO Field Hockey Boards will fit the following PEVO goals:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePEVO Championship Field Hockey Goal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePEVO League Field Hockey Goal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese replacement boards come with all the necessary hardware for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePEVO Field Hockey Poly Replacement Boards are an excellent choice for maintaining and upgrading your field hockey goals. Here’s why they stand out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from high-quality poly material that can withstand impact, outdoor conditions, and heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for quick and straightforward replacement, keeping your field hockey goal in top condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong-Lasting Performance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Resistant to wear and tear, ensuring long-term durability and reliability during practice and matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Field Hockey Goals:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically made to fit PEVO field hockey goals, providing a secure and stable replacement for old or damaged boards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to handle varying weather conditions, making them perfect for both indoor and outdoor fields.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the PEVO Field Hockey Poly Replacement Boards?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Field Hockey Poly Replacement Boards are high-quality, durable poly boards designed to replace worn or damaged boards on field hockey goals, ensuring optimal performance and safety during games and practices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made from sturdy poly material, ensuring long-lasting performance and resistance to wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e: Simple to replace existing boards on PEVO field hockey goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Suitable for both indoor and outdoor play, with weather-resistant properties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed specifically for PEVO field hockey goals for a perfect fit and reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Are these replacement boards suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the boards are made with weather-resistant materials, making them ideal for both indoor and outdoor field hockey play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials are the replacement boards made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The boards are constructed from durable poly material, providing strength and resistance to impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO Field Hockey Poly Replacement Boards?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Field Hockey Poly Replacement Boards offer reliable durability, ease of installation, and compatibility with PEVO goals, making them a great choice for maintaining your field hockey equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe the boards with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt and debris. Avoid harsh chemicals that may damage the poly material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect for Damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly check for cracks, dents, or signs of wear. Replace any damaged sections to ensure safety and integrity during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid Impact:\u003c\/strong\u003e Protect the boards from excessive impact or sharp objects to prevent dents or cracks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the boards in a dry, sheltered area to prevent exposure to harsh weather conditions, which can cause degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck Fixings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the fastening hardware and ensure the boards are securely installed, tightening any loose screws or bolts. \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340306706727,"sku":"Field Hockey PRB","price":575.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-field-hockey-poly-replacement-boards-29135421997165.png?v=1792115291"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12e","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12E","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12E\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Economy Series Goal is manufactured with all aluminum, lightweight, 3” round tubing. The Economy Series is designed to be identical to the PEVO Park Series Goal, albeit constructed with more affordable, unpainted, round tubing making this the perfect everyday practice goal that can still be easily maneuvered around the field due to the finished, rounded bottoms. The net is fastened using bungee balls, or wire ties.  Like all PEVO Goals, the Economy Series features reinforced, high strength, durable corner castings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4mm Hexagonal Net\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing that comes in a Mill Finish. Net is held with Bungee Balls or Net Ties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-6x12E\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5x12 Net, PEVO Bungee-Balls, \u003ca class=\"text-link\" href=\"https:\/\/pevosports.com\/products\/pevo-corksrew-anchor-set-of-4\"\u003eGround Anchors\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mill\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12E is a solid, budget-friendly option for youth soccer training and games. Here’s why it’s highly recommended:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth-Sized Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6.5 x 12 feet dimensions are perfect for young players, ideal for skill development and competitive play in youth leagues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAffordable \u0026amp; Practical:\u003c\/strong\u003e Offers great value for teams or individuals seeking a durable goal without breaking the budget.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Reliable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with durable materials that can handle outdoor conditions and repeated use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to move and set up, making it perfect for practices at different locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple to put together, ensuring more time for play and less hassle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12E?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal is a budget-friendly, durable goal designed for youth players, offering reliable performance for practice and recreational play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 12' goal, ideal for youth players and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEconomical Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Cost-effective without compromising on durability and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to transport and set up for various practice or recreational events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant finish ensures it can be used outdoors in different weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides stability and durability during practice sessions and games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it suitable for outdoor use in various conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a sturdy steel frame with a rust-resistant coating for enhanced durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12E?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal offers excellent value for the price, with portability, durability, and stability, making it perfect for recreational play and youth training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to keep them free from dirt and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals or abrasive materials that may damage the goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically check for any loose bolts, rust, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots with an anti-rust solution to prevent further damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly inspect the net for signs of wear or damage, such as fraying or holes. Repair or replace damaged sections promptly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered location to protect it from weather conditions that could cause rust or material degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Proper Anchoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before each use, make sure the goal is securely anchored to prevent tipping or shifting during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340306772263,"sku":"SGM-6x12E","price":1455.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12e-29100686278765.jpg?v=1792115293"},{"product_id":"pevo-4-5-x-9-youth-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x9e","title":"PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9E","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9E\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe P\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEVO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Economy Series Goal is manufactured with all aluminum, lightweight, 3” round tubing. The Economy Series is designed to be identical to the P\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEVO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Park Series Goal, albeit constructed with more affordable, unpainted, round tubing making this the perfect everyday practice goal that can still be easily maneuvered around the field due to the finished, rounded bottoms. The net is fastened using bungee balls, or wire ties.  Like all P\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEVO\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Goals, the Economy Series features reinforced, high strength, durable corner castings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 15 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Aluminum Construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight 3” Round Tubing that comes in a Mill Finish. Net is held with Bungee Balls or Net Ties\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh Strength, Durable, Aerospace Grade Aluminum Corner Castings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel: SGM-4x9E\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5x9 Net, PEVO Bungee-Balls, Ground Anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9E is a great, affordable option for youth soccer teams and recreational play. Here’s why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth-Friendly Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4.5 x 9 feet dimensions are perfect for younger players, offering an ideal size for skill development and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEconomical Choice:\u003c\/strong\u003e A cost-effective solution for teams or individuals looking for a reliable, budget-friendly soccer goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Lightweight:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with sturdy materials for durability while remaining lightweight and easy to transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to assemble, allowing for quick use and more time on the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for youth leagues, schools, or home use, offering a dependable option for casual play and practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9E?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal is a cost-effective and durable goal designed for youth players, providing excellent performance for recreational play and practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 4.5' x 9' goal, ideal for youth players and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEconomical Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built for affordability without compromising durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight\u003c\/strong\u003e: Easy to move and set up for training or recreational games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant coating, suitable for outdoor use in various conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Provides reliable stability during practice sessions and games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor play in recreational settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal is constructed with a sturdy steel frame and a rust-resistant coating for added durability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9E?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Economy Series Soccer Goal offers a great balance of affordability, portability, and durability, making it an excellent choice for recreational play and youth training.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soft cloth and mild soap to clean the frame and net, avoiding harsh chemicals that may damage the materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check for loose bolts, rust, or dents. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Examine the net for fraying, holes, or other damage. Repair or replace sections to ensure the goal remains functional.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the goal in a dry, sheltered area when not in use to protect it from weather conditions that could cause deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnchor Securely:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the goal is securely anchored to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340306936103,"sku":"SGM-4x9E","price":1220.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-4-5-x-9-youth-economy-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x9e-29100680642669_04d23e17-a358-4003-9e19-58e3ecc25d7c.jpg?v=1792115294"},{"product_id":"pevo-practice-field-hockey-goal-fhg-7x12-1","title":"PEVO Practice Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7X12-1","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO Practice Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7X12-1\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Practice Field Hockey Goal\u003cspan\u003e is built of lightweight, 2” square aluminum tubing. This goal is designed to be used as an indoor goal. This model is assembled using a push-button mechanism that makes it easy to take apart, move or store. This is an economical option perfect for everyday practice use. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e FHG-7X12-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Field Hockey Net, PEVO Bungee Balls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e  80 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2” Square Aluminum Tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Practice Field Hockey Goal with Wheels FHG-7X12-1 is a great choice for field hockey teams and practice sessions. Here's why it’s a standout option:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 7x12 feet dimensions meet official field hockey goal standards, making it perfect for both training and competition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Wheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Features built-in wheels for easy transport, making it ideal for moving between practice locations or storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made with high-quality, sturdy materials to endure heavy use and withstand outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Secure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The solid frame ensures the goal stays in place during practice, even with fast-paced action.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Set Up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick and hassle-free assembly, saving time and allowing for more practice time on the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO Practice Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7X12-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Practice Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7X12-1 is a durable field hockey goal designed for practice sessions, featuring wheels for easy mobility and professional-grade construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7' x 12' goal, suitable for full-field practice and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Made with a strong steel frame designed to withstand intense use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheeled Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Includes wheels for easy transportation and repositioning during practice or games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant finish, making it ideal for both indoor and outdoor play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e: Engineered to provide stability during high-speed play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is weather-resistant, making it perfect for outdoor field hockey practices and games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a durable steel frame with a rust-resistant coating to ensure long-lasting durability and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO Practice Field Hockey Goal w\/ Wheels FHG-7X12-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Practice Field Hockey Goal combines durability, easy mobility, and professional-grade quality, making it a great choice for field hockey teams and practice sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft cloth and mild soap to remove dirt, dust, and debris. Avoid abrasive materials that may damage the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check for any rust, dents, or loose bolts. Tighten any hardware and treat rust spots promptly to ensure the goal's structural integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Care:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the net for wear, fraying, or holes. Repair or replace any damaged sections to maintain safety and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels and Mobility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the wheels are free of debris and rotate smoothly. Lubricate the wheel mechanisms as needed to maintain ease of movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered location to protect it from the elements and prevent rust or degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340306968871,"sku":"FHG-7X12-1","price":1180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-practice-field-hockey-goal-w-wheels-fhg-7x12-1-28129194967149.jpg?v=1792115296"},{"product_id":"pevo-park-series-official-futsal-goal-sgi-7x10p","title":"PEVO Park Series Official Futsal Goal SGI-7x10P","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO Park Series Official Futsal Goal SGI-7x10P\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pevo Park Series Futsal Goal is manufactured in an all aluminum, lightweight, 3” round tubing with a built-in channel to fasten the net using the MP Clips. The Park Futsal Goal has rounded bottoms for easy transportation and comes with rubber pads to be used on an indoor surface as well as outdoors. The Park Futsal Goal is manufactured in similar fashion to the Pevo Park Series Goal albeit built to Official Futsal Dimensions of 6’7” x 9’10”.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSize - 6' 7' x 9' 10' - Futsal (2m x 3m)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLightweight Aluminum 3' Round Tubing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 3\/8' Round Aluminum Backstays\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll designs comply with FIFA, NCAA, and NFSHSA Rules\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5 Year Limited Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel: \u003c\/strong\u003eSGI-7x10P\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes: \u003c\/strong\u003eFutsal Net, PEVO MP Clips\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 70 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’7”\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9’10”\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3” round tubing with 3” round ground bar and 2” round backstays. All Aluminum\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated White\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Park Series Official Futsal Goal SGI-7x10P is an excellent choice for futsal enthusiasts seeking a durable and reliable goal. Here’s why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 7x10 feet, meeting official futsal goal standards, making it ideal for competitive play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with high-quality materials to withstand both indoor and outdoor conditions, ensuring long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Stable:\u003c\/strong\u003e The robust frame design ensures the goal stays securely in place during intense futsal matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup \u0026amp; Portability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and simple to assemble, perfect for futsal clubs, schools, or recreational use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Futsal Courts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to enhance the playing experience with a professional and reliable futsal goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO Park Series Official Futsal Goal SGI-7x10P?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Park Series Official Futsal Goal SGI-7x10P is a high-quality futsal goal designed for official matches and training, featuring a durable frame and professional-grade performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7' x 10' goal, the official size for futsal matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a sturdy steel frame for long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant coating, making it ideal for outdoor and indoor use in various conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move for flexible training and match locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed for maximum stability during intense futsal play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is made with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for both outdoor and indoor futsal games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a robust steel frame with a rust-resistant finish, ensuring durability and long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO Park Series Official Futsal Goal SGI-7x10P?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Official Futsal Goal offers durability, portability, and professional-level design, making it an excellent choice for futsal clubs, leagues, and training sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soft cloth and mild soap to clean the frame and net. Avoid abrasive cleaners to protect the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check the goal frame for any loose bolts, rust, or damage. Tighten any loose hardware and treat rust spots promptly to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExamine the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the net for wear and tear, especially after heavy use. Repair or replace any damaged sections to maintain goal functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered location to prevent exposure to weather elements like rain or snow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Make sure the goal is securely anchored or positioned to prevent tipping during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340307132711,"sku":"SGI-7x10P","price":1470.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-park-series-official-futsal-goal-sgi-7x10p-28127737380973.jpg?v=1792115297"},{"product_id":"pevo-practice-futsal-goal-sgi-7x10sq","title":"PEVO Practice Futsal Goal SGI-7x10SQ","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO Practice Futsal Goal SGI-7x10SQ\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Practice Futsal Goal is built of lightweight, 2” square aluminum tubing. The PEVO Practice Futsal Goal is designed to be used as an indoor goal. This model is assembled using a push-button mechanism that makes it easy to take apart and is very portable. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGI-7x10SQ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Futsal Net, PEVO Bungee Balls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’7”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9’10”\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2” Square Aluminum Tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Practice Futsal Goal SGI-7x10SQ is a high-quality, durable futsal goal designed for both practice and competition. Here’s why it’s a great choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with sturdy materials to withstand heavy use, ideal for indoor and outdoor practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegulation Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measures 7x10 feet, meeting official futsal goal standards for competitive play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquare Frame Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides added stability and strength, ensuring long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick and simple assembly, perfect for both practice sessions and matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and easy to move, making it ideal for training facilities or home use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO Practice Futsal Goal SGI-7x10SQ?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Practice Futsal Goal SGI-7x10SQ is a high-quality futsal goal designed for practice and training, featuring a durable frame and professional-grade performance for futsal players.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 7' x 10' square design, ideal for futsal practice and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Strong steel frame built to withstand intense use and outdoor elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Quick assembly and disassembly for convenient practice sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Suitable for both indoor and outdoor play, with a rust-resistant finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move for various training locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is weather-resistant and designed for both indoor and outdoor futsal practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal is made from high-quality steel with a rust-resistant finish, ensuring durability in various conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO Practice Futsal Goal SGI-7x10SQ?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Practice Futsal Goal provides a durable, portable, and easy-to-assemble solution for futsal players looking to enhance their skills with a professional-grade goal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a damp cloth to remove dirt and debris. Avoid harsh chemicals that may damage the materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Periodically check for any loose bolts or structural damage, tightening hardware as needed to ensure stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the net for wear and tear. Repair or replace any frayed or damaged sections to maintain safety and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered area to prevent exposure to the elements, which could cause rusting or degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Proper Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify that the goal is correctly assembled before each use to maintain safety and prevent damage during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340307198247,"sku":"SGI-7x10SQ","price":965.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-practice-futsal-goal-sgi-7x10sq-28127735513197_46278cc8-ca8e-4a54-9e40-b2de75bad9a3.jpg?v=1792115299"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-small-goal-series-soccer-goal-sgs-6x12rc","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-6x12","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-6x12\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Small Goal Series 6x12 is manufactured of 2' round aluminum tubing with durable aluminum corner castings. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGS-6x12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e  12'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase: \u003c\/strong\u003e 6'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2” round tubing with 2” round ground bar. Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ehe PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-6x12 is an excellent option for youth soccer training and games. Here’s why it’s a top choice:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth-Sized:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfectly sized at 6.5 x 12 feet for younger players, helping to develop skills and game awareness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Build:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed with high-quality materials designed to withstand regular use and outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to move and set up, making it ideal for practices and games at different locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Simple to put together, saving time and effort for coaches and parents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong frame ensures the goal remains stable during play, even under pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-6x12?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal is a compact, durable goal designed for youth players, ideal for training or recreational soccer games.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 12' goal size, perfect for youth soccer players.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a sturdy steel frame for lasting durability during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move, making it ideal for various practice locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Suitable for outdoor use with a rust-resistant finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e: Quick and simple to set up for games or practice sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, it is designed for both indoor and outdoor play with weather-resistant materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a heavy-duty steel frame with a rust-resistant finish, ensuring it stands up to regular use and outdoor elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-6x12?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Youth Soccer Goal offers a perfect combination of durability, portability, and ease of use, making it an excellent choice for young players looking to improve their skills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a damp cloth to remove dirt, leaves, and other debris. Avoid abrasive materials that may damage the goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the frame for any loose bolts, dents, or rust. Tighten all hardware and treat rust spots as needed to prolong the goal's lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly check the net for any fraying or tears. Repair or replace damaged sections to prevent further damage during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry area, preferably off the ground, to protect it from the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Proper Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the goal is securely anchored before use to prevent accidents and damage to the goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340307362087,"sku":"SGS-6x12","price":970.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-small-goal-series-soccer-goal-sgs-6x12rc-28127710675053_10.jpg?v=1792115301"},{"product_id":"pevo-4-5-x-9-youth-small-goal-series-soccer-goal-sgs-4x9rc","title":"PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-4x9","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-4x9\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO Small Goal Series 4.5x9 goal is manufactured of 2' round aluminum tubing with durable aluminum corner castings. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGS-4x9\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5'\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e  9'\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0'\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase: \u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5'\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2” round tubing with 2” round ground bar. Aluminum\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish: \u003c\/strong\u003eMill\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-4x9 is a fantastic choice for young players learning the game. Here’s why it’s highly recommended:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal Size for Youth Players:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfectly sized at 4.5 x 9 feet to match the needs of younger players and smaller field spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable \u0026amp; Sturdy Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built to endure regular use, with a frame that can handle the wear and tear of youth soccer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Portable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy to transport and set up for practice sessions or games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Assembly is fast and hassle-free, allowing for more time on the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Reliable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Strong frame design keeps the goal steady, even during intense play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-4x9?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal is a compact and durable soccer goal designed for youth players, ideal for training and recreational play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 4.5' x 9' goal size, perfect for younger soccer players and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Durable steel frame built to withstand frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move, ideal for different practice locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant finish, making it suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e: Quick and simple assembly for hassle-free use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is designed with weather-resistant materials, making it suitable for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal is constructed with a strong steel frame and rust-resistant coating, ensuring durability and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Small Goal Series Soccer Goal SGS-4x9?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Soccer Goal offers a perfect combination of size, portability, and durability, making it a great option for youth players looking to enhance their skills in training or recreational play.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe the frame and net with a damp cloth to remove dirt and debris. Avoid using harsh chemicals or abrasive materials that could damage the goal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck for Damage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly inspect the frame for any dents, rust, or loose bolts. Tighten all fastenings and treat any rust spots to prevent further damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Care:\u003c\/strong\u003e Examine the net for fraying or holes. Repair or replace sections as needed to ensure durability during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a sheltered, dry location to protect it from weather exposure, which can cause deterioration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the goal is securely anchored before each use to prevent tipping or shifting during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340307853607,"sku":"SGS-4x9","price":550.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-4-5-x-9-youth-small-goal-series-soccer-goal-sgs-4x9rc-28127707299949.jpg?v=1792115302"},{"product_id":"pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12t","title":"PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12T","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12T\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Club Series Soccer Goal comes with a lightweight, aluminum 2' x 4' rectangular tubing that is powder coated in a white finish. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 20 minutes. \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4mm HEX Soccer Goal Net Included!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-6x12T\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5x12 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, Ground Anchors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth: \u003c\/strong\u003e12’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated 2” x 4” Components, All other components unfinished aluminum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12T is a premium choice for youth soccer clubs. Here’s why it’s a standout option:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth-Sized Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e At 6.5 x 12 feet, it’s the perfect size for younger players to practice skills and play competitive matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built with high-quality materials to withstand regular use in outdoor conditions, ensuring long-lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy \u0026amp; Stable:\u003c\/strong\u003e The durable frame and strong netting keep the goal secure during play, even under tough conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy Setup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight and easy to assemble, making it ideal for mobile practices or games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for Clubs \u0026amp; Leagues:\u003c\/strong\u003e A reliable goal for training, competitions, and recreational play at soccer clubs or schools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal is a durable, high-quality goal designed for youth soccer clubs and teams, offering a professional-grade experience for training and matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 6.5' x 12' goal, ideal for youth players and competitive practice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a strong, sturdy steel frame to handle frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight design allows for easy transportation and setup at different locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant coating, perfect for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe and Stable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed with safety in mind, providing stability during intense play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is weather-resistant and designed for both outdoor training and matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a heavy-duty steel frame with a rust-resistant finish, ensuring long-lasting durability in various weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 6.5 x 12 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-6x12T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO Youth Club Series Soccer Goal offers excellent durability, portability, and stability, making it an ideal choice for youth clubs, teams, and training sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a soft cloth and mild soap to wipe down the frame and net. Avoid abrasive materials or harsh cleaners to prevent damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Check for any loose bolts, rust, or dents in the frame. Tighten any hardware and address rust spots promptly to maintain stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Examine the net for wear and tear, particularly at stress points. Repair or replace damaged sections to ensure continued performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store the goal in a dry, sheltered location when not in use to prevent exposure to the elements, which can lead to rust or material degradation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anchoring:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ensure the goal is properly anchored before use to prevent it from tipping or shifting during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340307919143,"sku":"SGM-6x12T","price":1385.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-6-5-x-12-youth-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-6x12t-28127668469869.jpg?v=1792115304"},{"product_id":"pevo-4-5-x-9-youth-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x9t","title":"PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9T","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9T\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe PEVO Club Series Soccer Goal comes with a lightweight, aluminum 2' x 4' rectangular tubing that is powder coated in a white finish. This goal features pre-drilled holes to secure and fasten the net in place using PEVO StayNet Fasteners. This goal comes in five pieces; two sides, crossbar, ground bar, kit box, and can easily be assembled in 15 minutes. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5 class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cb\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eModel:\u003c\/strong\u003e SGM-4x9T\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5x9 Net, PEVO StayNet Fasteners, Ground Anchors\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 85 lbs\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth: \u003c\/strong\u003e9’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5’\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder Coated 2” x 4” Components, All other components unfinished aluminum\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eWhat Our Experts Think\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9T is a top choice for youth soccer clubs and training. Here’s why it stands out:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYouth-Friendly Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4.5 x 9 feet dimensions are ideal for younger players, providing an authentic experience while developing their skills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made with high-quality, weather-resistant materials that withstand repeated use in outdoor conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong \u0026amp; Stable:\u003c\/strong\u003e The robust frame ensures the goal remains firmly in place, even during intense play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable \u0026amp; Easy Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightweight design allows for easy setup and transport, making it ideal for practices and games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for youth clubs, leagues, or home use, providing a reliable option for training and matches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eQ\u0026amp;A\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal is a high-quality, compact goal designed for youth clubs and teams, providing professional-grade performance for training and matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are its key features?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Key features include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e: 4.5' x 9' goal, perfect for youth players and small-sided games.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e: Built with a sturdy steel frame for long-lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable\u003c\/strong\u003e: Lightweight and easy to move, ideal for different practice locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-Resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e: Rust-resistant finish, making it suitable for both indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Safe\u003c\/strong\u003e: Designed to provide stability and safety during high-intensity play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the goal suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: Yes, the goal is made with weather-resistant materials, making it perfect for outdoor training and matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What materials is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The goal features a strong steel frame with a rust-resistant coating for enhanced durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose the PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Club Series Soccer Goal SGM-4x9T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The PEVO 4.5 x 9 Youth Soccer Goal offers durability, portability, and professional-grade quality, making it an ideal choice for youth teams and training sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch5\u003eMaintenance Tips\u003c\/h5\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean Regularly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe down the frame and net with a soft, damp cloth. Use mild soap to clean and avoid harsh chemicals or abrasive materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCheck the Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inspect the frame for any rust, dents, or loose bolts. Tighten any hardware and treat rust spots to prevent further corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInspect the Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Regularly check the net for any holes, fraying, or wear, especially after intense use. Repair or replace damaged areas to maintain its strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStore Properly:\u003c\/strong\u003e When not in use, store the goal in a dry, sheltered area to prevent exposure to the elements and extend the goal's lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnsure Stability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always ensure the goal is securely anchored before use to prevent tipping or movement during play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"PEVO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52340308345127,"sku":"SGM-4x9T","price":1155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0856\/8448\/6439\/files\/pevo-4-5-x-9-youth-club-series-soccer-goal-sgm-4x9t-28127658344557.jpg?v=1792115305"}],"url":"https:\/\/e-powergo.com\/collections\/pevo.oembed?page=2","provider":"ePower Go","version":"1.0","type":"link"}